Glass. 
 Book. 
 
 Pft?^ 
 
 
) 
 
 
 OF 
 
 LATIN PROSODY AND METRE, 
 
 COMPILED 
 
 FROM THE BEST AUTHORITIES ; 
 
 TOGETHER WITH 
 
 A SYNOPSIS OF POETIC LICENSES 
 
 OCCURRING IN THE VERSIFICATION Of VIRGIL, 
 
 A METRICAL INDEX 
 
 TO THE LYRIC COMPOSITIONS OF HORACE. 
 AND THE 
 
 SCANNING 
 
 t>F THE MIXED TRIMETER AND DIMETER IAMBICS 
 
 OF THE LATTER POET. 
 
 BY CHARLES ANTHON, 
 
 AEJUNCT PROFESSOR OF LANGUAGES IN COLUMBIA COLLEGE, NEW-YORK, 
 
 " Levia quidem hsec, ct parvi forte, si per se spec\pntur, moment!? seU ex elementis 
 Constant, ex principiis oriuntur omnia, et ex judicii consuetudine in rebus minutis 
 adhibita, pendet seepissime etiam in maximit vera atque accurata scientia." 
 
 Clarke, Prcef. ad 11 
 
 NEIV-YOjRK: 
 
 Printed and sold by t. and j. swords. 
 
 No. 99 Pearl-street. 
 
 1824- 
 
Southern District of New-York, ss 
 
 ©TIE it remembered, that ion the third day of June, in the 
 -*-* forty-eighth year of the Independence of the United States 
 of America, T. & J. Svoords, of the said District, have depo- 
 sited in this Office the title of a book, the right whereof they 
 claim as proprietors, in the words following, to wit : " Elements 
 of Latin Prosody and Jlletre, compiled from the best Authorities ; to- 
 gether -with a Synopsis of Poetic Licenses occurring- in the Versification 
 of Virgil, a Metrical Index to the Lyric Compositions of Horace, and 
 the Scanning of the mixed Trimeter and Dimeter Iambics of the latter 
 Poet. By uharles Anthon, Adjunct Professor of Languages in Co- 
 lumbia College, New-York.— 1 Levia quidem haec, et parvi forte, si per se 
 specteirtur, momenti; sed ex eiementis constant, ex principiis oriuntur om- 
 nia, et ex judicii consuetudine in rebus minutis adhibita, pendet saepissime 
 etiam in maximis vera atque accurata scientia.' Clarke, Prcef ad If." 
 In conformity to the Act of Congress of the United States, entitled "An 
 Act for the JEn>'ouragement of Learning, by securing the Copies of Maps* 
 Charts, and Books, to the Authors and Proprietors of such Copies, during 
 the time therein mentioned." And also to an Act, entitled " An Act, 
 supplementary to an Act, entitled An Act for the Encouragement of 
 Learning, by securing the Copies of Maps, Charts, and Books, to the 
 Authors and Proprietors of such Copies, during the times therein men- 
 tioned, and extending the Benefits thereof to the Arts of Designing, En- 
 Sraviuar, and Etching Historical and other Prints." 
 
 JAMES DILL, 
 Clerk of the Southern District of New-York, 
 
 +' A 
 
TO 
 
 PETER WILSON, LL. D. 
 
 £]\I£BITUS PROFESSOR OF UlNGUAGES IN COLUMBIA COLLEGE 
 NEW-YORK, 
 
 THIS WORK 
 
 IS INSCRIBED, 
 
 AS A TESTIMONIAL OF RESPECT 
 
 FOR SCHOLARSHIP 
 
 AND WORTH. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 IT was originally intended by the compiler of the present 
 work, to publish merely an improved edition of the Latin 
 Prosody of Alvarez. Upon reflection, however, this plan was 
 abandoned, as being liable to many serious objections 5 and 
 the one which has been followed in the present instance, was 
 adopted in its stead. The utility of Latin rules indeed, as a 
 medium of instruction, seems very questionable in any case^ 
 and it may reasonably be doubted, whether the very few ad- 
 vantages likely to result from them, can in any degree com- 
 pensate for the numerous evils with which they appear to be 
 inseparably connected. On this point, however, each in° 
 structor will of course be guided by his own judgment and 
 experience $ and as it is not presumed to dictate to those wha 
 may be better qualified to decide on this subject, the work has 
 been so arranged as to suit the purposes of instruction in 
 either event. The metrical rules of Alvarez, occasionally al- 
 tered, wherever such alteration seemed necessary, are first 
 given, and the principles concisely stated in them are next 
 presented more in detail, and in an English garb, This plan 
 will, it is conceived, be liable to the fewest objections. 
 
 It being the object of the present work, to initiate the young 
 prosodian into a more extensive acquaintance with the prin- 
 ciples of Latin prosody and metre, than the smaller compen&s 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 hitherto published in this country admit of, no pains have been 
 spared towards the accomplishment of so desirable an end. 
 And as on such a subject as the present, not only the general 
 features, but even the minor details of which, have been so 
 frequently discussed, but little originality can be expected, it 
 seemed the most adviseable course to collect together from the 
 best treatises, whatever appeared worthy of the student's at- 
 tention, and promised to be beneficial to him. The work 
 which has been principally followed for this purpose, and of 
 which the present performance may in some respects be. con- 
 sidered as an abridgment, is the Latin Prosody of Dr. Carey, 
 which is justly esteemed one of the ablest productions in this 
 department of instruction. The valuable grammar of Grant 
 has also furnished copious materials, as well as the Port-Royal 
 Latin Grammar and Gesner's Thesaurus. With these and 
 other sources from which to select, it would have been a very 
 easy task to have extended the work far beyond its present li- 
 mits ; but it may be doubted whether its increase in size would 
 have been accompanied with a proportionate increase of bene- 
 fit to those for whose use it is intended. Under the head of 
 metre in particular, the work might have been considerably 
 enlarged by the addition of numerous rules Tor the composition 
 ©f Latin verse ; but besides that it is by far the safest course in 
 such cases, to refer the student at once to the fountain head 
 whence this information is to be derived, the works namely of 
 the ancient poets themselves, it may likewise be allowed us 
 even to entertain some degree of doubt with regard to the 
 Utility of this branch of academical labour. The course of 
 education in this country s so very rapid, as to afford the stu- 
 dent but little leisure for holding converse with the deities of 
 Helicon in the musical dialects of former times — nor is the 
 privation to be lamented by him. The practice of Latin and 
 Greek versification^ though viewed by many as a highly orna- 
 mental and enviable feature in the schools of England, is eve& 
 
PREFACE. Vll 
 
 there far from producing such advantages, as can compensate 
 for the time which is spent upon it. It may have indeed a 
 direct tendency to invigorate the imagination and to improve 
 the taste; " but still," to use the words of an able scholar of 
 that same country, " if we consider that the principal ad- 
 vantages resulting from this practice are attainable by other 
 means, and if we reflect how few there are who are by nature 
 qualified to become poets, and how rarely occasion presents 
 itself for exhibiting a skill in the composition of Latin or 
 Greek poetry, we cannot help regarding the art of versification 
 in its most classic style, as comparatively of secondary im- 
 portance."* 
 
 Let the student, in reading the poems of Virgil, be taught t& 
 pay strict attention to the melodious numbers by which they 
 are adorned — let him mark the beautiful effect produced by 
 the frequent changing of the Csesural pause, and learn to con» 
 trast these changes with each other, and to note their respec- 
 tive degrees of harmony — let him, in perusing the lyric com- 
 positions of Horace, be made fully acquainted with the various 
 measures, which lend to them so powerful a charm, and the 
 peculiar sweetness and melody by which so many of these are 
 characterized — and when he shall have done this, he will have 
 made no mean progress in his acquaintance with the beauties 
 of ancient poetry \ but let him not waste his strength on such 
 an exercise as versification, which is in so great a degree purely 
 mechanical, and the most successful competitor in which, seems 
 after all, entitled to no higher praise than that of having shown 
 the greatest skill in arranging the " disjecta membra" of the 
 poets of antiquity. 
 
 * Cromlie's Gymnasium, Preface, p, . viii» 
 
VIII PREFACE» 
 
 h remains but to add to what has been already observed 
 suspecting the pla>; of the present work, that in order to re- 
 move if possible every difficulty, which might otherwise im- 
 pede the metrical career of the student, it has been deemed 
 advisable to add a synopsis of the principal poetic licenses 
 which occur in the versification of Virgil, together with a me- 
 trical index to the Odes and Epodes of Horace, and the scan- 
 ning of the most difficult of his mixed Iambics. The former 
 of these is tak^n from a small metrical guide to Virgil, pub- 
 lished a few years since by Dr. Carey, and which is in every 
 point of view deserving of being reprinted in this country. 
 The student will also observe, that an index is given at the 
 end of the volume, to all the lines, other than Hexameters, 
 which are cited in it as illustrative of the quantities of words, 
 by referring to which, he w ill be directed to the proper measure 
 to which the lines in question respectively belong. 
 
 In conclusion, it is hoped that the imperfections of the pre- 
 sent work will be viewed with indulgence, in consideration of 
 the motive which has given rise to its publication. Should it 
 have the good fortune to reach a second edition, the compiler 
 will gratefully avail himself of every judicious emendation 
 which may be offered for its improvement, 
 
METRICAL INDEX 
 
 TO THE LIKES, OTHER THAN HEXAMETERS, WHICH ARE CITE» 
 
 THROUGHOUT THE WORK AS ILLUSTRATIVE OF THE 
 
 QUANTITIES OF WORDS, &C. 
 
 The numbers refer to the general list of metres. 
 
 Abiturus illuc-, 
 
 20. 
 
 Abscidit vu!tus, , 
 
 4. 
 
 Accendit geminas, 
 
 4. 
 
 Addas hexameter, 
 
 33. 
 
 Ah ego non possum, . 
 
 4. 
 
 An ideo tantum, . 
 
 21. 
 
 Brevi docebo, 
 
 20. 
 
 Caerula quot baccas, t 
 
 4. 
 
 Carpere eausidicus, 
 
 4 
 
 Cum quibus Alcides, . 
 
 4. 
 
 Cum semel in partem, 
 
 4. 
 
 Cum subito nostros, « 
 
 20- 
 
 Cum subito thr4ami, 
 
 20. 
 
 Cur facunda parum, . 
 
 40 
 
 Datur tibi puella, 
 
 20. 
 
 Dices 6 quoties, . 
 
 39. 
 
 Die inquam, 
 
 4. 
 
 Differat in pueros, 
 
 4, 
 
 Dissidens plebi, . 
 
 32 
 
 Di'usorum cui, 
 
 ss. 
 
 Ego priimtm tollo, 
 
 20. 
 
 Emi hortos, 
 
 4. 
 
 Et bibis immundam, , 
 
 4, 
 
 Et credit cui, 
 
 33 
 
 Et doraus intsctse, 
 
 4. 
 
 aEt earum omnia, 
 
 30 
 
 Et gelidum subito, 
 
 4. 
 
 Et mala radices, . 
 
 4. 
 
 Et mecum Erinnys, 
 
 20o 
 
 Et pictis anas, 
 
 S3. 
 
 Et thuris piperisque, . 
 
 33. 
 
 Excitor et summa, 
 
 4. 
 
 Eximit virtus, 
 
 14. 
 
 Fac lapis his scrlptus, . 
 
 4, 
 
 Far erat et puri . 
 
 4. 
 
 Fecerunt Furise, 
 
 4. 
 
 Ferroque vise, . , 
 
 20. 
 
 Fortunam vultus, 
 
 4. 
 
 Gratis anhelans, . 
 
 20. 
 
 Hie CEdipus, 
 
 20. 
 
 Hie farcta premitur, . 
 
 21. 
 
 His parvus Lecheo, 
 
 ■33. 
 
 His parvus Lpchi», 
 
 S3. 
 
 Hoc tibi Roma, . 
 
 4. 
 
 Hoc valde vitium, 
 
 S3> 
 
 Idcirco gemelium, 
 
 44. 
 
 Insequere et voti, 
 
 4. 
 
 Instar veris enim, 
 
 39. 
 
 Inter tepentes, 
 
 20. 
 
 Inter verba eadit, 
 
 39. 
 
 Jam nullum monstris, . 
 
 4. 
 
 Jam satis terris, . 
 
 32. 
 
 Labos et olim, 
 
 20. 
 
 Levis Agvieu, 
 
 14. 
 
 Lumina Oallisto, . . . 
 
 4. 
 
 Maian et Electram, 
 
 4. 
 
 b Msle est, mehercule, 
 
 S3. 
 
 Me misero, . 
 
 4. 
 
 Miraris Aule, 
 
 21. 
 
 Misit infestos, 
 
 32. 
 
 Misit in has, 
 
 4. 
 
 Mittat et donet, . 
 
 32. 
 
 Xec cithara intonsse, 
 
 4. 
 
 Xec tua defuerunt, 
 
 4. 
 
 Nil noeet equo, 
 
 4. 
 
 Non nautas puto, 
 
 33. 
 
 a In this Galliambic line, the UM of earum is not elided, but made 
 short, (see page 47). 
 
 b In this line, mehercule must be read m'cvcule. by elbion, 
 
METRICAL INDEX. 
 
 Non sal oxyporumve,~. 
 
 33. 
 
 Quo levis a nobis, 
 
 4.. 
 
 Non tu Pomponi, 
 
 4. 
 
 Quo non dignior, 
 
 33. 
 
 Nostrapte culpa, 
 
 24. 
 
 Sal, oleum, panis, 
 
 4. 
 
 Nulla queat, 
 
 4. 
 
 Sero domum, 
 
 20. 
 
 Nunc ades, . 
 
 4. 
 
 Sed norunt cui, . 
 
 33. 
 
 Nunc Celtiber, 
 
 21. 
 
 Sed nunc rogare, 
 
 20. 
 
 Nunc mare, 
 
 13. 
 
 Sibique melius, . 
 
 20. 
 
 O factum male, . 
 
 33. 
 
 Si auctoritatem, . 
 
 20. 
 
 Ohe jam satis est, 
 
 33. 
 
 Si gaudet, si flet, . 
 
 20. 
 
 Pars thy ma, 
 
 4. 
 
 Si totus tibi, 
 
 33. 
 
 Partes fere nox, . 
 
 20. 
 
 Signa rarius, 
 
 33. 
 
 Parvamne loleon, 
 
 20. 
 
 Sint vultus, . 
 
 Tecum mi hi, » * 
 
 4. 
 
 Purvum tigillum, 
 
 20. 
 
 26. 
 
 Prsemia de lacubus, 
 
 4. 
 
 Tethys et, . 
 
 4. 
 
 Propellit Boreas, 
 
 4. 
 
 Thyrsin et, . 
 
 4. 
 
 Quae fama modo, 
 
 16. 
 
 Tu tibi dux, 
 
 4; 
 
 Quid hoc hie, 
 
 20. 
 
 c Unde retro nemo, 
 
 20. 
 
 Quid tibi cum patria, . 
 
 4 
 
 Vendere nil debet, 
 
 4. 
 
 Quod si pudica, . 
 
 20. 
 
 Vide n u dolone, . . . 
 
 20. 
 
 Quod peto da Cai, 
 
 4. 
 
 Vir Celtiberis, 
 
 20. 
 
 c An error of the press occurs in this line, as cited at page 43: the final 
 syllable of retro should be there marked with a short quantity» 
 
ERRATA. 
 
 Page 26, line 28, for plantanonas, read piatandnas, 
 59, note d, line 17, for verbs, read verses. 
 95, line 1, read JMrige o\dorhe \ quos, he. 
 
SECT. I. 
 
 PROSODY teaches the proper accent and quantity of 
 syllables, and the right pronunciation of words. 
 
 Syllables are composed of one or more letters, as I y e-runt. 
 
 Letters are divided into vowels and consonants. 
 
 The vowels are six, A, E, I, O, U, Y. 
 
 From the vowels are formed six diphthongs, J&, AU, EI, 
 EU,CE,YI. 
 
 The consonants are divided into mutes and semivowels. 
 
 The mutes are eight, B, C, D, G, K, P, Q, T.* 
 
 The semivowels are likewise eight, F, L, M, b N, R, S, c 
 X, Z. 
 
 Of the semivowels four are liquids, L, M, N, R. 
 
 Two are double letters, viz. X and Z ; the X being equal 
 to CS, GS, or KS, and the Z to DS or TS. 
 
 a The letter C was pronounced Lard before E, I, and Y, as well as 
 before A, O, and V, having the sound of K. In Cuius, however, it was 
 pronounced as G, which peculiarity is noticed by Terentianus, de Syllab. 
 617: hence the Greek writers uniformly spell the name Talog, 
 
 b The final M and final N were pronounced with a slight nasal sound, 
 as in the French words Faim and Pain, so as to be hardly or not at all 
 distinguishable from each other. The Portuguese give this sound to the 
 M, even at the present day, in Latin words. On this principle Dr. Carey 
 explains the use of the figure Ecthlipsis. Thus also, in words derived from 
 the Greek, the terminations etv 9 iv, and ov, became, in Latin, am, im, and 
 on or onu So tusum is written for tunsum, conjux for conjunx, toties for 
 totiens, fas for fans ; and Greek names in «x> sometimes drop the y 
 in Latin, and sometimes retain it. 
 
 c The early Romans did not, in many cases, pronounce the final S, 
 unless the following word began with a vowel : thus— 
 
 Suavis homo, facundu 9 , suo content^, beatus. Ennius. 
 About Cicero's time it began to be generally sounded, though Cicero him- 
 self, as well as his contemporaries, Catullus and Lucretius, sometimes 
 omit it. 
 
 A 
 
2 OF LETTERS, 
 
 The letter H is generally considered as only a note of 
 aspiration or breathing. Some ancient grammarians, how- 
 ever, regarded H as a consonant, and ranked it with the 
 semivowels. 
 
 The letter J was nothing more than the I less fully pro- 
 nounced, though considered by some of the old grammari- 
 ans as a species of consonant. 
 
 In words of Greek origin, the I is always a vowel; as 
 IdsoTiy Iocasta, De'ianira^ 
 
 The U was pronounced like our OO, or broad U, as in 
 JFool } Rule ; hence the easy transition, in many words, from 
 O to U, as vult for volt, virulentus for virolentus. The 
 letter U, when it follows G or Q, becomes a liquid vowel, 
 hardly perceptible in pronunciation, and losing, according 
 to Priscian, its whole force as a letter in the verse. 
 
 The letter V derives its power from the ^Eolic or Tuscan 
 digamma. It was used until the time of Claudius, both as a 
 vowel and a consonant ; as a consonant having the power of 
 the JEolic digamma or our W, as a vowel of the common 
 U. e The Emperor Claudius, disliking this double use of 
 V, endeavoured to introduce the old JLolic or Tuscan cha- 
 racter of the digamma, and so leave V a vowel only. This 
 new letter, however, was not used long, but gave way to the 
 consonant V, which again resumed its double power of 
 digamma and U. In English, we have the sound of the 
 W where we use no character at all : the word one, we 
 pronounce as if it were woneS 
 
 d Quinctilian, I. 4, considers the J and I in conjicio as the same vowel 
 doubled. It has been supposed that the letter J was sounded by the Ro- 
 mans as it now is by the Germans in Jahr, Jena, i. e. exactly like the 
 English initial Y in Youth, Year, viz. Yahr, Yena ; so that Jupiter, Jocus, 
 Jaculum, were pronounced Yupiter, Yocus, Yacalum. Hence the easy 
 derivation of Julius from Iiilus* -32neid, I. 292. 
 
 e Hence A-ivispex, ato'spex, auspex ; Ca~xvi-tum, ca-w'tum, cautum, 
 &c. 
 
 f That the JEolic digamma resembled most our W in sound, has been 
 affirmed by writers of the best authority, as Erasmus, Lipsius, Bentley, 
 Dawes, and many others. The formation of the sound of the Latin con- 
 sonant V, as described by Terentianus, corresponds exactly with that of our 
 W, both being uttered, according to his words, " productius coeuntibus 
 labellis" Many words beginning with V in Latin, which have passed into 
 our own language, are by us used with the W. Thus vinum, ivine ; vasto, 
 to waste ; via, -way,- vicus, ivick (a termination to several names of 
 places) ; ventusy -wind; vespa, -wasp, &c. 
 
( 3 ) 
 SECT. II. 
 
 QUANTITY OF SYLLABLES. 
 
 SYLLABLES are either short, long, or common. 
 
 The quantity of a syllable is the time taken up in pro- 
 nouncing it. 
 
 A short syllable is rapidly pronounced, and consists of one 
 time ; as ci in concido, to fall. 
 
 A long syllable is slowly pronounced, requiring generally 
 double the time occupied in the pronunciation of a short 
 one ; as ci in concido> to cut to pieces. 
 
 A common syllable is that which may be made either 
 short or long, at the option of the poet; as Papyrus or 
 Papyrus, Fuerimus or Fuerimus. 
 
 A short syllable is marked thus «, a long one thus -, 
 and a common syllable thus 2, or thus -«.& 
 
 The quantity of syllables is ascertained either by estab- 
 lished rules, or by the authority of the best writers. 
 
 Quantity is distinct from accent, though not inconsistent 
 with it. Accent relates merely to the particular elevation 
 or depression of the voice upon certain syllables; quantity- 
 regards only the period of time occupied in expressing any- 
 one of them. h 
 
 In polysyllables, cr long words, the last syllable except 
 one is calkd the penultima, or, by contraction, the penult 9 
 and the last syllable except two, the antepenultima. 
 
 SECT. III. 
 
 A VOWEL BEFORE ANOTHER VOWEL. 
 
 Vocalem breviant alia subeunte Latini. 
 Produc (ni sequicur R) Fio et nomina guint<e 9 
 Qua geminos casus, E longo, assumit in Ei : 
 Verum E corripiunt Fideique, speique, reique. 
 
 g The reason of these marks having been used, may be seen in Scaliger 
 fie causis Ling. hat. ii. 55. 
 
 h See Foster on Accent and Quantify, chap. i. § 2; and SanCiU 
 JYlmervdy vol. i. p. 27, ed. Bavev. 
 
A VOWEL BEFORE ANOTHER VOWEL. 
 
 IUS commune est Vati : firoducito alius : 
 Alterius brevia : Pompei e t talia produc. 
 Protrahiturque Eheu ; sed 16 variatur et Ohe. 
 Nomina Grczcorum certd sine lege vagantur : 
 Quadam etenim longis, ceu Dia, Chorea, Platea ; 
 Quadam etiam brevibus, veluti Symphonia, gaudent. 
 
 A VOWEL before another vowel, in words of Latin 
 origin, is short ; as Puer, fuit, ruit. 
 
 Virg. Disce fitter virtutem ex me verumque laborem. 
 
 The letter H is merely a note of aspiration or breathing ; 
 hence, when it stands between two vowels, the preceding 
 vowel is short; as nihil. 
 
 Exception I. — Fio has the I long in all its tenses, except 
 in those in which it is followed by ER ; as flebam, flam. 
 Juv. Fiant ista paL.m cufiient et in acta referri. 
 
 If ER follow, the I is short; as fxerem, fieri, confxeri'} 
 Virg. Confieri posslt, paucis adverte docebo. 
 
 Exception II. — The genitives and datives singular of the 
 fifth declension make E long before I, as Diet, Speciei. But 
 it is found short in Spei, and both long and short in Rei and 
 Fideit 
 
 Horat. Ventum erat ad Vesta quarta jam parte diet. 
 
 Exception III. — Genitives in IUS have the I long in 
 prose, though in poetry it is common. Alterius, however, 
 has the I always short, alius always long. : 
 
 Virg. Unius ob noxam et Furias 'Ajacis Gilei. 
 
 Horat. Nullius addictus jurare in verba Magistri, 
 
 Virg. Quam nostro illlus labatur pectore vultus. 
 
 i Yet Terence and Plautus make it long. Vide Ter. Ad. i. 2, 26 ; 
 Plant. Trin. 2. 4. 131; Bacch. 2. 3. 65; Casin. 4. 1. 2; Amph. 1. 2. 25. 
 
 k Rei is found long in Lucretius and Plautus. Fidei is also found long 
 in Lucretius and Ennius. Dr. Carey supposes that these cases were an- 
 ciently written both e-i and ei-i y and hence accounls for the variation in the 
 quantity. 
 
 I Alterkis is three times long in Terent. Maurus, de Syllab. 1072, de 
 Metr. 32 and 464. Alius is formed by Crisis from Aliius* 
 
A VOWEL BEFORE ANOTHER VOWEL. * 
 
 Tibul. Illius et nitido stillent unguenta caftillo. 
 Prop. Si non unius, qu<zso, miserere duorum. 
 Germ. Nulliusgue larem, nullos adit ilia fienates* 
 
 Exception IV. — Such proper names as Caius,Pomfle'iuS) 
 Vulte'ius, (supposed to have been originally written with a 
 diphthong, Cai-ius, Pomfiei-ius, Vultei-ius,) as also Graius> 
 Veins, 8cc. have the A or E long before I. — The A is also 
 long in the old genitives aulti'i, terrtii, &cc. 
 
 Mart. Quod fieto, da Cat, non fie to consilium. 
 
 Ovid. Accifie, Pomfiei, de due turn carmen ad Mo. 
 
 Manil. Ilia domus firincefis Trojani Grata belli. 
 
 Virg. Aulti'i in medio lib ub ant fiocula Bacchi. 
 
 Exception V. — In Ohe, Io (whether interjection or pro- 
 per name), and in Diana, the first syllable is common: in 
 eheu it is long. 
 
 Mart. Ohe jam satis est, ohe, libelle ! 
 
 Idem. Rursus, to, magnos clamat tibi Roma triumfihos. 
 
 Sil. Quaque ferebatur ductor Sidonius, id. 
 
 Prop. Qua tibi causa fuges ? quid, I6,freta longa fiererras ? 
 
 Idem. 16, versa cafiut, firimos mugiverat annos. 
 
 Mart. Exfierta est numen moriens utriusque Diane. 
 
 Ennius. Juno, Vesta, Ceres, Diana, Minerva, Venus, Mars* 
 
 Exception VI. — In many Greek words, a vowel is long, 
 though immediately followed by another; as tier, Achaia % 
 Achelous, Laertes, Ltiodice, and other words compounded 
 with \ccoc, Latous, Enyo, Panchtiia, Threicius, Tdygetus, 
 Troas, Iroius, Sec. 
 
 Virg. Ifisis est tier avibus non cequus, et ill<e 9 
 Claud. Erubuit Mavors, aversaque risit Enyo. 
 
 Exception VII. — Those words which are written in Greek 
 with the diphthong EI, and in Latin with a single E or I, 
 have that E or I long ; as JQneas. Alexandria, Antiochia % 
 Afiamea, Ccesarea, Clio, Darius, Elegia, Laodicea, Mauso- 
 leum, Museum, Oreades, Panacea, Thalia.™ — On the same 
 principle, most adjectives in EUS, formed from Greek pro- 
 per names, have the E long ; and it continues long, when 
 
 m Many words of this class, such as names of towns, temples, or mon- 
 uments, are in reality only adjectives, with the noun understood ; 99 
 
 A\it<tlf£U£ (ffihts), M05/0W/ (^£«V), M'J.V7Q\iM (.UVHfAiUV^x 
 
 A2 
 
6 A VOWEL BEFORE ANOTHER VOWEL. 
 
 resolved into EI; as Cythereus, Cythereius; Pagaseus, Pa* 
 gastlus; Peloficus, Pelofleius ; Sec. (See Diaeresis). 
 
 Exception VIII. — Dia y though formed from the Greek 
 Ji«s, has the penult long— Ch orea and filatea^ from x ^ * an ^ 
 kXxtzkz, have the penult properly long, though in some few 
 instances it is made short — Academia and Malea have the 
 penult common — Idea, fihilosofihia y symflhoma, &c. have it 
 short. 
 
 Exception IX. — Greek genitives in EOS, and accusa- 
 tives in EA, from nominatives in EUS, have the penult 
 short according to the common dialect, but long according 
 to the Ionic. 
 
 Stat. Tydeos ilia dies : ilium fugiunt que tremuntque. 
 Ovid. Excitor ; et summd Thesea voce voco. 
 Germ. Regula. Ce/iheos vestigia balteus ambit* 
 Virg. Ilionea fieiit dextrd, Iczvdque Serestum. 
 
 SECT. IV. 
 
 DIPHTHONGS. 
 
 Difihthongus longa est in Grcecis atque Latinis,— 
 Prae brevis est, si comjiositum vocalibus anteit. 
 
 A Diphthong is long, whether in a Greek or Latin word ; 
 as Maonides, Melibolus, lulls, Graius, caium, firamium. 
 
 Virg. O Melib&e, Deus nobis h&c otia fecit. 
 
 Idem. En Priamus : sunt hie etiam sua firamia laudi. 
 
 Greek proper names in EUS (genitive EOS) always have 
 the EU a diphthong in the original, and almost always in 
 Latin. 
 
 YI is also a diphthong in Greek names; as Orithyia^ 
 Harfiyia, Ilithyia, AgYieus. 
 
 Ovid. Orithyian amans fulvis amfilectitur alis. 
 Virg. Et fiatrio insonfes Harfiyias fiellere regno. 
 Horat, Levis dgyieu. 
 
 Two vowels, pronounced in one syllable, are not always 
 considered in prosody as a diphthong. The letter U, for 
 example, has the force of a liquid vowel after Q and G, and 
 
BIPHTHOKGS- 7 
 
 does not in these cases lengthen the vowel with which it is 
 connected in pronunciation : thus, qudtio and queror have 
 their first, and lingua, sanguis, and aquor, their last syllable 
 short. 
 
 A diphthong is long, because it is the contraction of two 
 vowel sounds into one, and all syllables formed by contrac- 
 tion are long. In every syllablb formed from two syllables 
 by contraction, we may suppose a latent or virtual diphthong; 
 as cogo for coago or conago ; nil for nihil ; tibicen for tibil- 
 cen ; mi for mihi; demo for de-emoj debeo for dehibeo or 
 de-habeo ; ambages for ambeages ; blg<z, trig<t, quadriga, 
 for bijuga, trijugce, quadrijilgcs ; bobus or bubus for bovi- 
 bus ; junior for juvenior. So also, manuis, manus; manue, 
 manu; manuls, manus; amais, amcis; amae, amd; audiis % 
 audis ; audie,audi; Sec. 
 
 Exception. — Pre, preceding a vowel in a compound 
 word, is short ; as firciustus, firiacutus, firaeo* 
 
 Virg. Stifiitibus duris agitur sudibusve firaustis. 
 Ovid. Quod ubi viderunt, ftrg acute cusfiidis hastas. 
 
 The M however is preserved long in Statius, Theb. 6, 519 r 
 and Sidonius Apollinaris, Carm. 23. 
 
 SECT. V. 
 
 POSITION. 
 
 Vocalis longa est si consona bina sequaiur, 
 Aut dufilex, aut I vocalibus interjectum. 
 
 A vowel is long by position, when followed immediately 
 by two consonants, either in the same or different words, or 
 by one double consonant (X or Z) ; it is long also when fol- 
 lowed by the letter J; as Terra, Ardxes, gdza, majora, 
 Troja, hvjus, cujus? 
 
 n The syllable pr<e being* originally prai or prae, the latter of the two 
 vowels is tacitly elided. Thus prceustus, praacutus, prceeo, become 
 prcfustus, prtfacutus, prtfeo, and the a is necessarily short by its position 
 before the succeeding vowel. On the same principle, Ovid and Seneca 
 make the diphthong short in Jlfaotis, though it is usually long. Vide Ovid, 
 Trist. 3, 12, 2. Senec. (Edip. 474. 
 
 « The principle on whieb the rule depends is, that in consequence of the 
 
« POSITION. 
 
 Virg. Terra tremit : fugere ferae, et mortalia cordcti 
 Luc. Sub juga jam Seres, jam barbarus isset Ardocee. 
 Virg. Sicelidea Mus<z fiaulo major a canamus. 
 
 Exception. — Bijugus, quadrijugus, and other similar 
 compounds of jugum, shorten the vowel before J.p 
 Virg. Interea bljugis infert se Leucagus albis. 
 Idem. Centum quadrijugos agitabo abjiumina currus. 
 
 Note. — If the former word end in a short vowel, and the 
 next word begin with two consonants, or a double consonant, 
 the vowel often remains short.** 
 
 SECT. VI. 
 
 MUTE AND LIQUID. 
 
 Si mutam liquidamque simul brevis una firccivitj 
 Contra hit orator, variant in carmine vates. 
 Sed si longa finzit, semfier tibi longa manebit. 
 
 A short vowel before a mate followed by a liquid, both of 
 which are in the following syllable, is common in poetry, but 
 always short in prose; as Folucrte; Jiatrem, Cyclofis, cochle- 
 are, the addition of H to the mute making no difference. 
 
 Ovid. Et firimo si?nilis volucri, mox -vera volucris. 
 
 Virg. JVatum ante orafiatris,fidtre?n qui obtruncat ad aras, 
 
 mora or delay, which the one double, or the two single consonants oppose 
 to the progress of the voice, the vowel is necessarily lengthened. — With 
 regard to the letter J, however, it is in such cases as these an actual vowel, 
 and makes a diphthong with the vowel which precedes; as mai-ora, Troi-a. 
 — In like manner hujus and cujus were originally trisyllables. The former 
 was hu-i-us, hence hiu-us or hujus ; and from qui-i-us, quo-i-us, cti-i~us, 
 came cui-us or cujus. 
 
 p Ilijugus, quadrijugus, kc. are nothing more than lliuq-us, quadrnu- 
 gus, &c. jugum being in reality i-ugum or yugum. Hence in the meeting 
 of the two vowels in composition, the former is tacitly elided, leaving the 
 words tfiu^us, quadr'iugus, Sec. 
 
 q The initial SC, SP, SQ, ST, however, (with or without the addition 
 of a third consonant, as in SCRipta, kc.) have exactly the same power over 
 a preceding short final vowel, as a mute and liquid have over a preceding 
 short vowel in the body of a word ; that is to say, the vowel in question may 
 En every case either remain short, or fee made" long, at the option ef the 
 poet* 
 
MUTE AND LIQUID. S 
 
 .Vote,— This rule depends on three conditions ; viz. 
 
 1. The liquid must follow the mute. If it stand before 
 the mute, the preceding syllable, though naturally short, 
 becomes always long ; as fert, fertisJ 
 
 2. The mute and liquid must belong to the same syllable. 
 If they belong to different syllables, the preceding short 
 vowel becomes necessarily long ; as db-luo, ob-ruo, dd-nitor? 
 
 3. The vowel must be naturally short. A vowel naturally 
 long, is never rendered short by a mute and liquid following ; 
 as mdtrisy salubrity dtru 
 
 SECT. VII. 
 
 PRETERITES OF TWO SYLLABLES. 
 
 Prtterita assumunt primam dissyllaba longam. 
 Sto, do, scindo, fero, rafiiunt Bibo, findo firiorea* 
 
 PRETERITES of two syllables have the former long; 
 
 us Veni, vtdi, vici. 1 
 
 Virg. Venit summa dies, et ineluctabile temfius. 
 Idem. Quos ubi confertos audere in firalia vidi* 
 Idem. Contra ego vivendo vici meafata sufierstes. 
 
 Exception. — Steti, dedi, scidi, lull, bibi,fidi from Jindo^ 
 have the first syllable short. 
 
 Mart. Dixit et ardent e s avido bibit orefavfflaa. 
 Luc. Aut scidit et media» fecit sibi liter a terras. 
 Virg. Diffldit, et mult a fiorrectum extendit arena* 
 
 r To determine in many cases whether a syllable, which we find long 
 before two consonants, be naturally Jong, or only rendered so by that posi* 
 tion, we must look to the word in a different state, where the position does 
 not take place. 
 
 s Before some less smooth combinations of mute and liquid, the vowel, 
 on account of the different division of syllables, may remain short, in words 
 of Greek origin ; as cy-cnus, i-chneumon, A-tlas, Da-phne, Pro-cne % 
 T£-cmes$a. 
 
 t Quinctilian, 1, 7. says, that before the time of Accius, and even after it, 
 the ancients used to write their long syllables with two vowels. What we 
 now H'lite eogo 9 was then coago ; cogito, codgito ; captivt, captivei ; 
 libo, hibef mco 9 deico : so the preterites with the temporal augment* 
 vim, v&ni; vidi, VrUH; emi, temi; egi> aegi. Instances of this kind 
 may be seen in every line of the Leges Regix and Decemviraies, col- 
 leeted by Lipsius. 
 
10 PRETERITES OF TWO SYLLABLES. 
 
 Note. — Abscidi, from cado, has the middle syllable long ; 
 but abscidiy from scindo y has it short. 
 
 Luc. Abscidic imfiuhu ventorum adjuta vetustas. 
 Idem. Abscldit nostra multum sors invida Icrudi. 
 Mart. Abscidit vuhus ensis uterque sacros. 
 
 SECT, VIII. 
 
 PRETERITES DOUBLING THE FIRST SYLLAELE. 
 
 Pneteritum geminans firimam, breviabit utramque : 
 Ut pario peperi; vetet id nisi consona bina : 
 Caedo cecidit habet, longd, ceu pedo, secundd. 
 
 WHEN the first syllable of the perfect is doubled, the 
 first and second are both short ; as cecini, tetigi. 
 
 Virg. TUyre> te fiatula cecini sub tegminefagi. 
 
 Exception. — Cecidit from c<edo, and fieficdi, from fiedo } 
 have the second syllable long. 
 
 Juven. £brius ac fietulans, qui nullum forte cecidit. 
 
 Note. — Although the first vowel be long by position in the 
 present tense, and continue long in the preterite, the pre- 
 fixed syllable or augment is nevertheless short ; as cucum\ 
 tetendi. u 
 
 SECT. IX. 
 
 SUPINES OF TWO SYLLABLES. 
 
 Cuncta sufiina volunt fir imam dissyllaba longam , 
 At Reor, et Cieo, Sero, et Ire, Sinoq; Linoq; 
 Do, Queo, et orta Ruo, breviabunt rite firiores. 
 
 \x This prefixed syllable is always short, and is in imitation of the old 
 Grefk augment t. All Latin verbs which had this reduplication, formed 
 it originally with E; as memordi, spepondi; afterwards mamordi, spopondL 
 
SUPINES OF TWO SYLLABLES. \ 11 
 
 SUPINES X of two syllables have the former long; as 
 Visum, Motum. 
 Virg. Terribiles visu form* ; Letumque Laborque. 
 Idem. Quos ego : sed mdtos firastat comfionere Jiuctus . 
 
 Exceptions. — Rdtum from Reor, Saturn from Sero, Da- 
 tum from Do, Citum from Cieo, Litum from Lino, Itum 
 from Eo, Rutum from Ruo, Quitum from Queo, Situm from 
 Sinoy together with Futum from Fuojt have the first syllable 
 short. 
 
 Virg. Nos abiisse rati, et vento fietiisse Myccenas. 
 
 Idem. At non Me, sdtum quo te mentiris, Achilles. 
 
 Val. Flac. Vulnus et extrema sonuit cita cusfiide cassis, 
 
 Ovid. Hie situs est Phaethon currus auriga pater nu 
 
 Citum, from Cieo of the second conjugation, has the first 
 syllable short ; whence citus, quick ; concitus and excitus. 
 Virg. Altior insurgens et cursu concitus Heros, 
 Ovid. Nee fruitur somno vigilantibus excita curis. 
 
 But Citum, from Cio of the fourth conjugation, has the 
 first syllable long ; whence citus, aroused ; concitus and 
 excitus. z 
 
 Luc. Unde ruunt toto concita fiericula mundo. 
 Idem. Rufita quies fiofiulis stratisque excita juventus. 
 
 Ruo has ruitum and rutum in the supine. Its compounds 
 form the supine in utum, and have the penult short; as 
 Dirulus, Eriitus, Obrutus. 
 
 x Supines in itum are formed by Crasis from eitum; thus feitum, 
 Return. Those in utum, from uitum; as minuitum, minutum; acuitum 9 
 acutum. But futum and return are formed by Syncope, and therefore 
 continue short» 
 
 y The preterite fui, and the participle futurus, both come from the 
 old verb fuo, which is itself of Greek origin, Qvu. Virgil uses it, JEn. 10. 
 108. u Tros Rutulusve fuat" — From fuo are also formed for em and 
 fore, contracted from fuerem and fu$re, the vowels © and u having been 
 interchanged frequently in the old Latin, as in the v^olic dialect of the 
 Greeks, — Vide Sanctii Minerv. vol, i. p. 136. 138. ed> JBaver. 
 
 z But Scitum is always long, whether it come from scio or scisco, 
 Scitus, from scio, signifies skilful, graceful, &c. ; but Scitus, from scisco, 
 ordained, decreed ; whence we have plebis-scitum, a decree of the com- 
 mons. On the double meaning of the word scitus is founded the pun of 
 Plautus, Pseud. 2. 4. 58. 
 
 Ps. Ecquid is homo scitus est ?— Ch» Plebiscitum non est scitiu?. 
 
12 SUPINES OF TWO SYLLABLES. 
 
 Ovid. Diruta sunt aliis, uni mihi Pergama restant. 
 Virg. Nee mihi cum Teucris ullum fiost eruta beltum» 
 
 Statum* seems to have had the first syllable common, as 
 appears by its derivatives. Thus static* and status, nouns, 
 and status, adjective, together wiih all the compounds of sto, 
 which change a into i, shorten the penult, as prcestitum, 
 institum. 
 
 Ovid. Hie status in codo multos fiermansit in annos. 
 Idem. Musa quid afactis, non stdta sacra petis ? 
 
 Whereas stdturus, prastdturua r constdturus, obstdturus, 
 and the other compounds which retain the a, have that vowel 
 long. 
 
 Luc. Tunc res immenao placuit stdtura labore. 
 
 Mart. Constatura fuit Megalensis fiurfiura centum* 
 
 Stat. Qua sic orsa prior, speene obstatura Pelasgis, 
 
 SECT. X. 
 
 POLYSYLLABIC SUPINES. 
 
 UTUM producunt polysyllaba cuncta supina. 
 1VI Praterito semper producitur ITUM. 
 Catera corripies in Itum qutcunque supina. 
 
 SUPINES in UTUM, of moro,than two syllables, have 
 the penult long ; as Solutum, Argutum, Indutum. 
 Virg. Lumina rara micant somno vinoque soluti. 
 
 Supines in ITUM, from preterites in IVI, are likewise 
 long ; as cuplvi, cupitum ; petivi, petitum s condivi, condi* 
 turn, from condio, to season. 
 
 Ovid. Exilium requiesque mihi, non fama petlta est. 
 
 a The irregularities of the verb Sto are supposed to be owing to the 
 circumstance of its having belonged originally to the third as well as to the 
 first conjugation. Hence the supine Stdtum, from Sto of the first conjuga- 
 tion, was regularly long, while Stitum, from Sto of the third, was short; 
 but in process of time the orthographic distinction between Stdtum and 
 Stitum was confounded, and both were alike written with a, though the 
 difference in point of quantity was still observed. 
 
POLYSYLLABIC SUPINES. 13 
 
 Hor. We male conditum jus aflfionatur, ut omnesj* 
 
 But supines in ITUM, from preterites in UT, and all other 
 supines in ITUM not included in the preceding rule, have the I 
 short 5 as moniii, monitum ; tacui, taciturn ; placui, placitum:- 
 
 Virg. Dis cite jus titiam moniti, et non temnere Divos. 
 Idem. Quis te^ magne Cato 9 taciturn aut te y Cosse, re? 
 linquat. 
 
 Note. — This rule does not extend to polysyllabic compounds 
 from supines of two syllables. These follow the quantity of 
 the simple supines from which they are formed; as itum p 
 obitum ; datum, abditum\ satum, insitum, &c.$ except cog- 
 nitum and agnitum, from ndtum. d 
 
 SECT. XL 
 
 DERIVATIVES. 
 
 Serivata patris naturam verba sequuntur— 
 Mobilis et Fomes, Laterna ac Regula, Sedes, 
 Quanquam orta e brevibus, gaudent produeere primatn. 
 Corripiuntur Arista, Vadum, Sopor, atque Liicerna, 
 Nata licet longis. Usus te plura docebit. 
 ■ in.» I,,, i i ■ n i ■ i . i ■ i ■ 1 1 ■■ I, i. ■■ i 1 1. 1. ., m«- - ■—. .I i- j 
 
 b Supines in ttum, from preterites in ivi, may be considered as formed 
 by Ci^aszs, from ivitum ; thus petivitum, petiwitum, petitum, &c. ; and 
 those in itwn from preterites in ui, by Syncope from mturn; as monuittim, 
 monu'tum, monitum. The interchange of the short u and i is frequent and 
 natural. Thus, consilium from consulo, exllium from exulo ; and in the 
 old orthography, optumus for opiimus, aslumare for asfimare, &e. 
 
 c Recensltum is often adduced as an exception to this rule. It is only» 
 however, a deviation in appearance, being formed, not from recensui, but 
 from the old perfect recemivi. The simple verb censeo made censui and 
 censivi in the perfect, censum and cemitum in the supine; hence we find 
 in an old inscription, censlta sunt, for censa sunt ; and in the writers on. 
 the civil law, censiti for censi: so also the noun censor is a contraction 
 from censitor, and occurs in the latter form in another inscription which 
 has come down to us, as well as in the writings of the ancient lawyers. 
 Analogous to this is the verb pono, which made in the perfect posivi and 
 posui. Plautus uses postvimus, Vidul. frag. 11. and Cato, posiverunt, 
 ft. It. Prcef. So apposivi, Plant. Mil. 3. 3. 31. ; reposivi, Asin. 3. 1. 16.; 
 deposlvi, Cure. 4. 3. 4. ; and Catullus,, 32. 8. 
 
 d Many of the Latin supines are simple contractions, and their quantity 
 made long by the rule of position: thus, legitum, lejftum, tectum; rumpu 
 turn, r ump f turn, r upturn; nubitum, nub'tiim, nuptum; scrihilum s scrib y *> 
 ium } scriptumf docitum, or dohitum, doctum, &c. 
 
 B 
 
t4s DERIVATIVES. 
 
 DERIVATIVES usually follow the quantity of their pri- 
 mitives; as Legebam, legam, lege, legito, with the first 
 syllable short, because they are formed from the present 
 lego, legis, whose first syllable is likewise short ; and again, 
 legeram, legissem, Ugero, legisse, with the first syllable long, 
 since they come from the preterite legi, which has the e 
 long. 
 
 Ardtrum, simulacrum, ambulacrum, lavdcrum, volutdbrum, 
 involucrum, have the penult long, being derived from the 
 supines ardtum, simuldtum, ambiddtum, lavdtum, volutdtum, 
 involutum, whose penults are likewise long. 
 
 On the other hand, Reditus, exitus, introitus, aditus, 
 iiiitus, are short, because the supines whence they come are 
 of the same quantity. 
 
 Exceptions. — Many derivatives deviate from the nature 
 •f their primitives, and their quantity is only to be ascer- 
 tained by a perusal of the best poets : e thus, mobilis, fomes, 
 Jdterna, regula, sedes, have their first syllable long, although 
 the corresponding syllable be short in the words whence they 
 are said to deduce their origin, viz. moveo, foveo, lateo, rego> 
 sedeo. 
 
 Again, lucerna, arista, sopor, vddum, have the first syllable 
 short, though the verbs luceo, dreo, sopio^ vado, whence they 
 are said to be derived, lengthen the same. f 
 
 e When the student is referred to the practice of the best writers, or, in 
 ©ther words, to what is Usually termed their authority, he must be careful 
 not to consider that authority as arbitrary in its exercise, and depending 
 solely on the pleasure of the writer. Nothing more is meant by the phrase, 
 than that the quantity w r e find assigned to any particular word, had before 
 feeen determined and familiarized to the ear of the writer by the actual 
 pronunciation of his countrymen, and that he accordingly used the syllable 
 with that measure of sound which he found assigned to it in common speech» 
 
 f Many of the exceptions above given, scarcely deserve to be so called ; 
 and are only mentioned as such, in compliance with custom. Thus, mobi- 
 lis BXidfomes are merely contracted forms, and hence are necessarily long. 
 The regular supine of moveo was movitum or moxuitum, reduced by Syncope 
 to mow turn, and by Crasis to motum ; and the adjective was first mdvibilis 
 or mowibilis, then by Syncope mcrfbilisi and by Crasis mobilis. So also 
 fdmes was originally fovimes, and underwent a simitar change. Again, 
 JLaterna is commonly derived from lateo, because " in ea latet ignis." 
 This derivation appears extremely puerile. Gesner, Thes. L. L. quotes 
 Pareus, Lex. Crit, who affirms the old mode of writing the word to have 
 teen Lanterna, with the a long by position, and the letter n having been 
 scarcely sounded, (see Sect. I.) may in time have disappeared. With re* 
 gard to fiegula, the remark of Wase, in his treatise w tie Licmtta Vet- 
 
DERIVATIVES. 
 
 In like manner, the entire class of verbs in URIO, called 
 desideratives, have the U short, though derived from the 
 future participle in URUS, whose penult is always long. 
 
 SECT. X1L 
 
 COMPOUND WORDS. 
 
 regent simfilicium retinent com fids ta suorurn, 
 Vocalem licet, aut difihthongum, Syllaba mutet. 
 Dejero corrifiies, cum pejero, et Innuba, nee non 
 Pronuba, fatidicum et socios, cum semisopitus ; 
 Quels etiam nihilum, cum cognitus, agnitus h&rent* 
 Longa imbecilius verbumque ambitus amabit. 
 
 COMPOUND words retain in general the quantity of 
 the simple words from which they are formed. 
 
 Thus in fierlego, relego, the middle syllable is short, be- 
 cause it is short in the simple lego, 
 
 In the perfects fierlegi, relegi, it is long, because lengthened 
 in the simple legi. 
 
 Attigi, coJicidi, difftdiy ebibi, rescidi, have the penult 
 short, because the corresponding vowel is short in their 
 primitives, tetigi, cecidi, &c. 
 
 Oblitum from oblino, insitum, circumddtum, desitum % 
 have the penult short, for the same reason. Oblltus is 
 from obliviscor. 
 
 Poet" may not perhaps be deemed wholly irrelevant. — <c Geminatio eon* 
 sonantium, ex vulgi illiterati consuetudine, Poeticce licentia originem 
 pnebaisse videtur, ut p in Trapezito, h in Tabernaculo, c in Cicatrices, 
 &e" — As to the derivation of Lucerna from Juceo or lux, it is opposed by 
 Servius, Virg. Ma. 1. 7*26: " JH Lychno autem Lucerna dicta est, unde et 
 brevis est Lucilio et Persio, si enim a luce diceretur, non staret versus." 
 And lastly, with respect to Sopor and Vadum, Vossius derives the former 
 from vncLg, and the latter from (Zctfos* It must be confessed, however, 
 that in the case of many Latin derivatives, as well as compounds, irregu- 
 larity s occur, to which, when called upon to explain these departures from 
 analogy, we can only answer in tbe words of the " most learned of the 
 Romans :" " Cum in vestilu, cedificiis, sic in supellectile, cibo, ccetereis 
 omnibus, qua usu ad vitam sunt adsumpta dommetur insequalitas; in ser° 
 ■ mone quoque giti est iistis causa constitutus, ea non repudianda" Varrpi 
 L I 
 
;5 COMPOUND WORDS. 
 
 The quantity of the simple words is preserved in the 
 compounds, though the vowels be changed. Thus, concido, 
 excido, incidoy occido ) recido, from cado, shorten the penult ; 
 nnd in like manner eligo, seligo, &c. from lego. On the 
 other hand, concldo, excido, incido, recido, occido, from 
 ex do, have the penult long. So also, allido, from lado ; 
 exquirO) requiro, from qu&ro $ obedio, obedis, from audio. 
 
 Virg. Occidit) occideritq; sinas cum nomine Troja, 
 Juw Occldit miseros crambe refietita magistrGs. 
 
 Exceptions- — The following shorten the penult, though 
 the corresponding vowel in the simple words be long ; as 
 dejeroy fiejero, from juro ; fironuba y inniiba, from nzibo ; 
 ??ialedicuS) causidicus, veridicus, falidlcus, from dlco ; 
 nemisofiitiiS) from sofiitus ; nihilum^ from ne and hilum;* 
 cQgmtum and agnitum, from no turn ; h hodie, from hoc die. 
 Imbeciles, from bdculus, has the second syllable long.* 
 The participle ambitus has the penult long, but the nouns 
 ambitus and ambitio have it short. 1 * 
 
 g This derivation of nihilum is generally received by Etymologists, and 
 rests on the authority of Priscian and Varro. IHlum is said to have signified, 
 " the little black of a bean, i. e. a very nothings" and hence, in an old 
 poet quoted by Cicero, Tusc 1. 4., we have, 
 
 ts Sisyfchu* versat 
 " Saccu?n sudcuis niiendo, neque proficit hilum" i. e. nihil. 
 
 ^ealiger, in his notes to Festus, asserts the old orthography to have been 
 hillum. If so, the deviation in nihilum, from the quantity of the primitive, 
 may be accounted for by Syncope. 
 
 h According toYossius, " in Cognitum et Agnitum, sequuntur Latini 
 naturam palysyllaborum simplicium, ut sunt Habitum, Bibhum, et similia" 
 Perhaps it would be more correct to say, that in notum the Crasis operated 
 to lengthen the word from ?iovitum 9 and the Syncope to shorten cognitnm 
 and agnitum, 
 
 i It would be more proper perhaps to call the second syllable in imbe- 
 villus common. It is short in Prudentius, Hymn, post cibum, v. 2., and 
 long in Horace, Sat. 2, 7. 39. , and in Paulinus, de Celsi obitu, v. 114. The 
 Port-Royal grammarian censures Prudentius for this apparent violation of 
 quantity. It may be observed, however, in defence of the Christian poet, 
 that it is more consistent with the derivation of the word, to make its 
 second syllable short, than long; and that Lucretius, in the verb vacillo, 
 which is derived from bacillus or bacillus,, shortens the first syllable in six 
 different parts of his poem, and lengthens it only in one. 3. 503. Gesner, 
 Thes. L. L. supposes the second syllable of imbecillus to have been m;:de 
 long by doubling the c, a remark in unison with that of Wase, mentioned 
 in a preceding note, and which may perhaps furnish us with a safe clew 
 amid the intricacies of poetic license. 
 
 k It has been supposed, that besides a?nb:-o f ambit um, a simple derivative 
 
COMPOUND WORDS. 1? 
 
 Connubium, from niibo, has the second syllable common. 
 Virg. Hecioris Andromache, PyrrhM conniibia servas ? 
 Idem. Connubiojungam stabili propriamq; dicabo. 
 
 SECT. XIII. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 
 
 Longa A, DE, E, SE, DI, prater Dirimo atque DisertU$. 
 Sit RE breve: at Refert a Res producito semper. 
 Corripe PRO Gr cecum; produc plerumque Latinum. 
 Contrahe qua Fundus, Fugio, Neptisgwe, Neposque y 
 Et Festus, Fari, Fateor, Fanumque crearunt : 
 Hisce Profecto addes, pariterque Procella, Protervus, 
 At primam variant Propago, Propino, Profundo, 
 Propulso, Procuro, Propello : Proserpina junge. 
 Corripe AB, et reliquas 9 obstet nisi consona bina. 
 
 A, E, DE, DI, SE, in composition, are long} as amitto* 
 erumpo, deduco, diripio, separo. 
 
 Virg. Amissos longo socios sermone requirunt. 
 Idem. Deducunt socii naves, et litiora complent. 
 Idem. Tergora dlripiunt costis et viscera nudant. 
 
 Exceptions. — DI is short in Dirimo and Disertus, 1 
 Virg. Cede Deo dixitque et proe.Ua voce diremif. 
 Mart. Non tu } Pomponi, cce?ia diserta tua est. 
 
 RE is short, as relinquo, refero ; m but the impersonal verb 
 refert (it concerns) from the noun res, is long. 
 
 from &[a$i or ambe, (as supero from super,) there was also ambeo, ambx» 
 turn, a compound from eo. 
 
 I Dirimo, according to Vossius, was originally disemo, from dis and 
 emo. The change of s into r, in many Latin words, is taken notice of by 
 Varro, who cites Valerii, Furii, JLurelii, he. as instances, the old forms 
 having been Valesii, Fusii, Auselii, &c. If this doctrine be correct, the 
 quantity of the first syllable in dirimo may be easily accounted for. In the 
 case of disertus, we may suppose the word to have been written originally 
 dissertus 9 just as in the supine of dissero we have dissertum, and the se° 
 cond s to have been in process of time elided, leaving the syllable dis short, 
 according to its original quantity. 
 
 m See remarks upon the figure Diastole» 
 
 B2 
 
18 PREPOSITIONS Of COMPOSITION. 
 
 Ovid. Propellit Boreas, <estus et uncla refer I. 
 Virg. Praterea nee jam mutari pabula refert. 
 
 PRO is short in Greek words ; as Propontis, Prometheus. 
 In Latin words it is found most frequently long ; as proveho, 
 pronurus. 
 
 Ovid. Misit in has si quos longa Propontis aquas. 
 Virg. Frovehimur portu } terr&q; urbesq; recedunt. 
 
 Exceptions. — Profundus, profugus, profugio, pronepos, 
 proneptis, prqfestus, profeiscor, profari, profiteor, prof amis, 
 profecto, procella, protervus, propero, have the pro short. 
 
 Profiago, (whether noun or verb,) propino, prof undo, pro- 
 euro, propello. propulso, Proserpina,? have the pro common. 
 
 The prepositions AB, AD, IN, OB, PER, SUB, are short 
 in composition before vowels, as are likewise the final syllables 
 of Ante, Circum, and Super; as dbeo, adero* adoro, inuro, 
 obeo, perimo, subeo, antefero, circumago, super addo. 
 
 Virg. Omnibus umbra locis adero : dabis improbe painaL 
 Idem. Junonis magncz primum prece numen ddora. 
 Juv. Circumagat madidas a tempestate cohortes* 
 
 Sometimes when AB or OB is joined in composition to a 
 word beginning with a consonant, the preposition loses its 
 final consonant and remains short 5 as dperio, omitto, operio. 
 
 Ovid. Aprilem memorant ab aperto tempore diet urn. 
 
 Hor. Quod petiit, spemit ; repetit quod nuper omisit. 
 
 n Dr. Carey is of opinion, that the Latin Pro in composition is every 
 •where common ; and that we should probably find it so, if we had enough 
 of the ancient poetry remaining. 
 
 o Propago, the noun, has, according to the grammarians, the pro long, 
 when it signifies " a vine stock or layer" and short, when it signifies 
 ** race or lineage." The learned prosodian above named, maintains that 
 this distinction is an idle one ; that propago is in both cases the same word, 
 only used on some occasions in its natural signification, on others metaphori- 
 cally ; as we say in English, the Stock of a tree, and the Stock of a family. 
 He considers, therefore, the pro in propago as common ; and in confirma- 
 tion of his opinion, quotes the following passage from Statius, Silv. 2. 3. 39. 
 
 JPrimnevam visu platanum, cui longa propago, 
 lnnumer<sque ma?in$ } et iturus in cethera vertex. 
 
 p Proserpina, according to some, was so called from being the goddess 
 who presides over the corn when it has sprouted above the earth, " cum 
 super terrain seges proserpserit" — According; to Yossius, the name is a 
 corruption from Tlt^qwv, 
 
( 19 I 
 SECT. XIV. 
 
 A, E, I, U, AND Y, IN COMPOSITION; 
 
 Produc A semper, composti parte priore ; 
 At simul E, simul I, ferme breviare memento. 
 Neqnidquam produc, Ne-quando, Venefica, Nequam, 
 Nequaquam, Nequis sociosque : Videlicet addes. 
 Idem masculeum moniti*s producito, Siquis, 
 Scilicet et £iga? ? Tiblcen : j tinge Quadrigae, 
 Bimus, Tantidem, Quidam et composta Diei. 
 Compositum variabis Ubi, vartabis Ibidem. 
 
 IF the first part of a Latin compound word end in A, that 
 vowel is long ; as trdno, trdduco, tradosi But if it end in 
 E, the E is in general short : as trecenti, nefas. 
 
 Virg. Expertes belli juvenes, ast Ilva trecentos. 
 Juv. Credebant hoc grande nefas et morte piandum. 
 
 But in verbs compounded with facio or fio, the E appears 
 to be common 3 as tremefacio, calefacio, twnefacio 9 liquefio } 
 patefo, &c. r 
 
 Exceptions. — Nequis,* Nequa, Nequod, nequitia, nequam, 
 nequaquam, nequidquam, nequando, videlicet, vencjica, semo- 
 dius, semesfris, sedecim, have the E long. Selibra, however, 
 is shortened by Martial. 1 
 
 q Trano, traduco, trado, &c. were originally written trans7io, trans* 
 duco, transdo ; hence the quantity of the a in the initial syllables. 
 
 r The E is short in some, long in others, and in others again both long 
 and short: thus, tremefccio and calefacio are shortened by Claudian ; con- 
 tabifacio is made long by Plsutus ; rarefacio and vacifio are lengthened 
 by Lucretius i while tepcfacio is short in Virgil and long in Catullus, pate- 
 facio short in Ovid and long in Ennius, patejio short in Propertius and long 
 in Lucretius, liquefio short in Ovid, and liquefacio long in Catullus. 
 
 s The difference in quantity between necesse, tie/as, nefandus, nifasius, 
 nefarius, nequeo y and nequis, neqnam, iiequitia, &c. has been supposed to 
 be owing to the circumstance, that in the former class of words the ne was 
 formed by Apocope from the conjunction ncc, and so retains its original 
 quantity ; whereas, in the latter, either it is the abverb ne which is always 
 long, o"r the c of nee was retained in pronunciation, though omitted ia 
 writing. 
 
 t Videlicet is formed from videre and licet, just as scilicet from scire 
 licet, and ilicet from ire licet. Veneficus and venefica are compounded of 
 venerium and facio. Semodius and semestris are contractions, being formed 
 by Crasis from semimodius and semimestris , the letter m having the so&nd 
 mentioned in Sect. L note b. Sidecim was originally sexdecim* 
 
20 A, E, I, U, AND Y, IN COMPOSITION. 
 
 Virg. Nequa meis esto dictis mora ; Jupiter /use stet> 
 Ovid. Barbara narratur venisse venefica tecum. 
 Mart. Et thuris piperisque trea selibrg. 
 
 If the first part of a compound terminate in I, U, or Y, the 
 vowel is shortened ; as Ommpotens, causidicus, tubicen, u Me- 
 lilotus, biceps, triceps., bicorpor, tricorpor, tricuspis, duplex^ 
 ducenti, quadrupes, Polydorus, &c. 
 
 Virg. Turn pater onuiifiotens , rerum cui summa potestas. 
 
 Mart. Carp ere causidicus fertur mea carmina. 
 
 Ovid. Pars thyma, pars rorem, pars meLiloton amat. 
 
 The masculine idem, and bigce, quadriga, slquis, siqua^ 
 siquody scilicet, ilicet, tibicen, mellipkyllon, Trinacria, bimus, 
 trimus, quadrimuS) quwis, quidam, quihbet, tantidem, bl- 
 duum ) iriduum, and the other compounds of dies, together 
 with meridies, quotidie, &c. have the I long. 
 
 Mart. Difficilis, facilis, jucundus, acerbus et idem* 
 
 Idem. Si totus tibi triduo legatur. 
 
 Idem. Inter tepentes post meridiem buxos. 
 
 In ubicunque and iibivis, the I, as in the primitive ubi, is 
 common ; in ubique and ibidem, the middle syllable is gene- 
 rally long, though, strictly speaking, it should also be regarded 
 as commons 
 
 u Tubicen falls under the general rale; whereas tibicen, a different 
 word, is by contraction from iibilcen. See Section IV. .. 
 
 x The middle syllable in ubique should be considered common, for the 
 same reason that the corresponding syllables in ubicunque and nlrivis are 
 regarded as such, they all being derived from ubi. The authorities, how- 
 ever, to prove that the middle syllable of ubique was short as well as long, 
 are very rare. Wase cites two lines from Plautus, Bacch. 5, 1. 1. and Cas. 
 2. 3. 38. in which he maintains that ubique is found short; and then goes 
 on to remark — " Totum discrimen in hoc verti videtur, quod ubi, cum 
 desinat in ancipitem, quoties adjicitur particula copulativa, idtimam 
 corripiat i quoties expletiva, proahicat : apud recentiores quidem, dis- 
 cretionis causa ; non item apud vetustissimos." The difference in quan- 
 tity here alluded to, though it may not have any very strong arguments in 
 its favour, may yet be recommended f( discretionis causa" and will be 
 found, in many cases, extremely convenient, For example ; let the student 
 in reading Sallust, where ubique, in the sense of et ubi, frequently occurs, 
 be taught in every such instance to pronounce it ubique, reserving the long 
 quantity for ubique, when it signifies " in every place, 39 " every ivhere?'*— 
 With regard to ibidem, though generally found long like ubique, it is 
 shortened however by Juvencus and Mamercus, and by Plautus in the fol- 
 lowing lines; Merc, 2. 3. 99.; MqsU 2. 2, 51,; Trin. 1, 2, 166.; Captiv* 
 4. 2. 94 i Bacch. % 3. 79. ; Stick. 2. 3* 12. 
 
( 21 ) 
 SECT. XV. 
 
 O IN COMPOSITION. 
 
 Gracum O (Mutgov) prima composti corripe parte : 
 12 (Msyx) produces^ partem dum claudit eandem. 
 O Latium in variis breviat vel protralrit usus. 
 
 IN words of Greek origin, when the first part of the com- 
 pound ends in O, that vowel is short ; as Cymotha^ Carpo- 
 phorus, Argonaut a. 
 
 Mart. Sgcula Carp&phorum, Ccssar, si prisca iulissent, 
 
 Jam nullum mon&tris orbe fuisset opus» 
 Idem. Non nautas puio vos, sed Argonautas. 
 
 But if the first part of the compound end in O-mega^ the 
 O is long in Latin ; as TeafteTgr,^ Ge&netra s MiwTstvgo$> 
 JMinotaurus ; AzyaTrovs, Lagopus. 
 
 Virg. Minotaurus inest Veneris monumenia nefandx. 
 Mart. Si meus aurita gaudet lagopode Flaccus. 
 
 O in compound Latin words is sometimes long, as alio- 
 quin, quandoque ; and sometimes short, as quandoquidem^ 
 hodie, duodeni.J 
 
 Virg. Dicite quandoquide??i, in molli consedimus herbc, 
 Herat. Indignor, quanddq; bonus dormiiat Homerus* 
 
 SECT. XVI. 
 
 INCREMENT OF NOUNS. 
 
 IF the genitive singular of a noun be equal to the nomi- 
 native in the number of its syllables, that noun has no incre- 
 ment ; as Musa, Musa ; Dominus, Domini, 
 
 But if the genitive contain more syllables than the nomi- 
 native, then the penultima of the genitive will be the incre- 
 ment of the noun, and that syllable, whether it be long or 
 short, will retain its quantity in all the oblique cases of the 
 ~ « 
 
 y Dr. Carey considers quandoque and quandoquidem^ together with 
 duodeiii, as having the common, according to the quantity of the simple 
 guando and duo, 
 

 .22 INCREMENT OF NOUNS. 
 
 singular and plural numbers ; as Sermo, sermonis^ sermoni, 
 sermonem } sermone^ sermones, sermonum, sermdnibus. 
 
 Exception. — In Bobus the o is long, though short in the 
 genitive bbvis. 2 - 
 
 SECT. XVII. 
 
 INCREMENTS OF THE FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS 
 
 Casibus obliguis vix crescit firima. Secunda 
 Corri/iiC incremental tamen firoducU Iberi. 
 
 A, In the old increment of the first declension, is always 
 long ; as aidai, fiictai, aurai, longai? 
 
 Virg. Aulai in medio libabant fiocula Bacchi. 
 
 The increments of the second declension are short; as 
 miser^ miseri ; vir, viri ; satur> saturi ; finer ^ putru 
 Virg. jYon ignara mali miserte succurrere disco. 
 
 Persius. inter fiocula gucerunt, 
 
 Romulidx saturi quid dia fio'emata narrent. 
 
 z Bdbus is formed by Syncope and Crasis from Jiovibus or Bowibtis, 
 find is only a deviation in appearance. Many nouus are cited as having a 
 double increment, such, for example, as iter, jecur, supellex, prcecepx, 
 8tc; the truth, however, is, that the genitives commonly assigned them, 
 belong in fact toother and older forms. Thus, iter properlv makes iteris 
 in the genitive, and itinevis belongs to the old nominative itiner. Proper- 
 tius uses itere in the ablative, Mid Plautus and Manilius have itiner in the 
 accusative. Both jecoris and jecinoris are given as gcniiives of jecur, 
 when in reuhty only the former belongs to it, and the latter comes from 
 the old nominative jecinor, mentioned by Scaliger in his notes to Festus. 
 So the genitive siipeUettilis comes from the old nominative supeliectile or 
 supeliectilis. And lastly, prceceps properly makes prcecipis in the genitive, 
 and prcecipitis comes from praecipes, like ancipitis from aiicipes. Pris- 
 cian quotes Livius Andronicus and Bnnius for the use of prcecipem and 
 praecipe; while concapes, a kindred form with an cipes and precipes, is 
 found in the old Latin of the Twelve Tables. 
 
 a The genitive in a'i is found only in the poets, and rarely in any after 
 the time of Lucretius. Virgil, however, who is styled by Quinctilian, 
 u vetustatis amantissimus" has a few instances of it. On the other hand, 
 the dative in at is very rare in poetry, though sometimes met with in 
 prose. Tt occurs in two ancient inscriptions — " Calidai Secundai matri," 
 and, " Casuat maocima'i matri" Spalding, in his note to Quinctilian, 
 *. 7., is of opinion that the syllable a'i, when it occurred in prose, was 
 pronounced without the diaeresis, just as C&sar t JEUus, kc were an, 
 cientfjr written Caisar^ »4ztfi4& 
 
INCREMENTS OP THE tflRST AND SECOND DECLENSION». 23 
 
 Exception» — Iber y tberi, has its penult long; as also its 
 Compound Celtiber, Celtiberi. 
 
 Luc. Interea domitis Casar remeabit Iberis* 
 MarU Vir Celtiberis non tacende gentibus. 
 
 The increment in IUS has been mentioned in Sect. Ill* 
 
 SECT. XVIII. 
 
 INCREMENTS OP THE THIRD DECLENSION» 
 
 INCREMENT IN A. 
 
 JVdminis A crescens, quodjlectit tertia, longum est* 
 Mascula corrifiies AR e t KLJinita, simulque 
 Par cum comfiositis, Hepar, cum Nectare, Bacchar 
 Cum Vade, Mas ct Anas, queisjunge Larem^we, Jubar^we». 
 
 THE increment in A, of nouns of the third declension, is 
 chiefly long ; as vectigal, vectigdlis ; Titan, Titdnis ; pietas, 
 pietdtis ; pax, pads ; calcar, calcdris ; Ajax, Ajdcis* 
 Ovid. Concitat iratus validos Titdnas in Arma, 
 Virg. Pars mihi fidcis erit dextram tetigisse Tyrannic 
 
 Exceptions.— ^Masculines in AL and AR (except Car and 
 Nar) increase short; as Hannibal, Hannibdlis ; Hamilcar y 
 Hamilcaris. So also hepar, nectar, bacchar, jubar, lar, vas, 
 mas, anas, sal whether neuter or masculine, and par, with its 
 compounds impar, compar y dispar, &c. 
 
 Sil. Hannibalem Fabio ducam sfiectante fier urbem. 
 
 Idem. Cui scevum arridens narrabis Hamilcaris umbris* 
 
 Virg. Vela dabant lati, et s/iumas salzs are ruebant. 
 
 INCREMENT FROM A AND AS» 
 
 A quoque et AS Gr cecum breve postulat incrementum / 
 
 S quoque Jinitum, si consona ponitur ante ; 
 
 Et Dropax, Anthrax, Atrax, cum Smilace, Climax; 
 
 His Atacem, Panacem, Colacem, Styracem^we, Facemgwe* 
 
 Atque Abacem, Coracem, Phylacem, compostaq; nectes. 
 
 Adde Harpax. Syphacis legitur tamen atque Syphacis. 
 
24 INCREMENTS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Greek nouns in A and AS, increase short; as po'ema, poe- 
 mdtis; lampas, lampddis ; Melas, Meldnis ; — also nouns end- 
 ing in S preceded by a consonant 5 as trabs, trabis ; Arabs, 
 Ardbis ; — and likewise fax, st yr ax , smilax, climax, dropax, 
 colax, arctophylax, and other compounds of £uAaf, together 
 with the other words enumerated in the rule. 
 
 Syphax makes Syphacis and Syphacis; but the short quan- 
 tity may be doubted, since the line quoted from Claudian by 
 Smetius, as an instance, has been deemed incorrect. 
 
 INCREMENT IN E. 
 
 E crescens numero breviabit fertia primo, 
 
 Pr<zter Iber, patriosque ENIS, {sed contrahit Hymen), 
 
 Ver, Mansues, Locuples, Hseres, Mercesque, Quies*?^ 
 
 Et Vervex, Lex, Rex, et Plebs, Seps, insuper Halec; 
 
 EL peregrinwn; Es, Er, Graca; JEthere, et Aere demptis. 
 
 E, in the increase of the third declension, is for the most 
 part short; as grex, gregis; teres, teretis ; mulier, mulieris. 
 
 Ovid. Nobiliumque greges custos servabat equarum. 
 
 Exception I. — Iber, Iberis, and genitives in ENIS, have 
 the penult long; as ren, renisj Syren, Syrenis ; except Hy- 
 men, Hymenis. 
 
 Exception II. — Ver, mansues, locuples, hzres, merces, 
 quies, lex, rex, plebs, vervex, seps, and halec, increase long. 
 
 Exception III. — Foreign names in EL, as Michael, like- 
 wise lengthen the penult; as also Greek nouns in ER and 
 ES; as crater, soter, tapes, lebes, &c; excepting aer and 
 ather, which increase short. 
 
 INCREMENT IN I AND Y. 
 
 I crescens numero breviabit tertia primo. 
 Graia sed in patrio longum INIS et YNIS adoptant. 
 Et Lis, Glis, Samnis, Dis, Gryps, Nesis^e, Quirisgwe^ 
 Cum Vibice, simul longa incrementa reposcunt. 
 
 I or Y, in the increment of the third declension, is for the 
 most part short; as stips, stipis ; pollex, polllcis ; chlamys. 
 chlamydisy Chalybs, Chalybis. 
 
INCREMENTS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 3t> 
 
 Ovid. Die inquam, parva cur stipe quarat opes? 
 Virg. At Chalybes nudi ferrum, virosaque Pontus. 
 
 Exceptions. — Genitives in INIS or YNIS, from nouns 
 of Greek origin, have the penult long; as Belfihiny Delfihi- 
 ni8 ; Phorcyny Phorcynis ; Salamis, Salaminis. So also 
 Dis, Ditin; vibexy vibicis ; glis, gliris j gryfis, gryfihis ; 
 Samnis, Samnitis ; QuiriSy quiritia ; Nesis, Nesidis* 
 
 Virg. Orpheus in sylvis, inter delphinas Arion. 
 Idem. Laomedontiaden Priamum Salamina peteniem. 
 Idem. Nodes atque dies patet atrijanua Diiis. 
 
 Afisisy afi8idisy increases short in the genitive, though the 
 penult in Greek be long. Psofihis is lengthened by Ovid, 
 Met. 5. 607. and made short by Statius, Theb. 4. 296. In 
 Greek however, its penult, like that of afisis, is always long» 
 
 INCREMENT FROM IX AND YX. 
 
 IX vel YX firoduc ; breviato Histrix, cum Fornice Varix 5 
 Coxendix, Cheenixq; Cilix, Natrixq; Calixq; 
 Phryx^we, Larix et Onyx, Pix, Nixywe, Salixgwe, Filix^wf, 
 Mastichis his et Eryx, Calycisq; et Japygis addes 
 Quaque ultra invenias : Bebryx variare memento, 
 
 NOUNS in IX, or YX, have, for the most part, the pe- 
 nult of the genitive long; as Felix y felicis j bombyxy bom- 
 bycis ; fierdiXy jierdicis ; coiurnixy coturnicis ; fierniXy per- 
 nicis ; lodiXy hdicis. 
 
 Virg. Vivite felices quibus est fortuna per acta. 
 
 Exceptions — CiliXy pix, histriXy fornixy natrixy nixy 
 vhf&nixy strixy variXy saliXy Jilixy lariXy coxendiXy calixy 
 calyxy onyxy Eryx^ StyXy Jaftyxy PhryXy together with 
 such proper names, as AmbioriXy DumnoriXy Vercingeto- 
 rixy and such gentile nouns, as Biturixy Caturixy have their 
 increase shoru 
 
 Luc. Armenios Cilicesque fero&y Taurosq; subegi. 
 Idem. Nunc pice, nunc liquida rapuere incendia cerd. 
 
 Mastixy mastlchisy a gum, increases short ; but Mastix$ 
 mastigisy a whip or scourge, has the increment long» 
 
 A/ifiendix is generally considered as increasing short in 
 the genitive, and perpendiculumy a noun of kindred origin^ 
 
 G 
 
26 INCREMENTS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 has the antepenultima short in Ausonius, Parental. 5. S. 
 Borrichius however, quoted by Gesner, maintains that afi* 
 jiendix always increases long. 
 
 Bebryx and Sandix have the increase of the genitive 
 common. 
 
 INCREMENT IN O. 
 
 O crescens numero firoducimus usq; firiorc* 
 
 O fiarvum in Gratis brevia ; firoducito magnum. 
 
 Ausonius genitivus Oris, quern neutra dedere, 
 
 Corrifiitur : firofiria his junges ut Nestor et Hector 
 
 Os oris mediosq; gradus extende ; sed Arbos, 
 
 IlSs comfiosta ; Lepus ; Memor et Bos, Compos et Impos> 
 
 Corrifie, Cappadocem, Allobr6gem,cwm Praecoce et OBS, 
 
 OPS. 
 Verum produces Cercops, Hydropsque, Cyclopsque. 
 
 O, in the increment of the third declension, in words of 
 Latin origin, is generally long ; as Sol, solis ; vox, vocis $ 
 velox, velocis ; victor, victoris ; ros, roris ; dos, dotis ; &c. 
 
 Ovid. Regia solis erat sublimibus alta columnis. 
 
 Tib. Me liquor docuit voces iriflectere cantu. 
 
 Virg. Veloces Sparta catulos, acremque Molossum. ■ 
 
 Exception I. — Greek nouns in ON, which in the oblique 
 cases have O (micron,) increase short ; whereas those which 
 have O (mega,) make the increment long; as Amazon, 
 Amazonis ; Philemon, Philamonis ; Agamemnon, Agamem* 
 nonis ; Solon, Solo nis ; Lacon, Laconis ; Sicyon, Sicyonis, 
 
 Virg. Pulsant et pictis bellantur Amazones armis. 
 
 Ovid. Quoferus injuste petiit Agamemnona ferro. 
 
 Mart. Et gratum nautis sidus fulgere Laconum. 
 
 Idem. DaphnonaS) plantandna$ y et a'erias cyparisso%. 
 
 In words of this class the Latins sometimes omit the final 
 N ; as Mace do, Agamemno, Plato, S/iado, Sec. 
 Luc. Cum tibi sacrato Macedo servetur in antro. 
 Stat. Conclnmant Danai stimulatque Agamemno volcntes. 
 
 Saxo, Seno, and some other gentile nouns, increase short. 
 JBrito has the increment common, being short in Juvenal, 
 and long in Martial. Vecto and Axo are made to increase 
 long by Lucan. 
 
INCREMENTS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 27 
 
 Sidon, Orion, and JEgaon, have the penult of the genitive 
 common. 
 
 Virg. Armatumque auro circumspicit Oriona. 
 Ovid. Diversasque urbes, nitidumque Orionis enscm. 
 
 Exception II. — Genitives in ORIS, from Latin nouns of 
 the neuter gender, have the penult short ; as Marmor, mar* 
 moris ; corpus, corporis ; ebur, eboris. 
 
 Ador, however* which is of the masculine gender, makes 
 adoris and adoris ; it being found short in Ausonius, and 
 both long and short in Gannius, an old poet quoted by 
 
 Priscian. b 
 
 Auson. Max ador, atque adoris de polline pultificum far '. 
 Gann. Illam sponte satos adoris stravisse maniphs. 
 Idem. Emicat in nubes nidoribus ardor adoris. 
 
 Os, oris, and adjectives of the comparative degree, have 
 their increase long; as maj oris, fiej oris. 
 
 Virg. Adjiciam, faciamque omnes uno ore Latinos. 
 Juv. Vendit agros, sed majores Apulia vendit. 
 
 The compounds of Tlov$, as Tripus, Polypus, and als© 
 memor, arbor, lepus, bos, compos, impos, have their increase 
 short. 
 
 Juv. Stantibus o&nophorum, tripodas, armaria, cista.s. 
 Virg. Arboris ohnixus truncoj ventosque lacessit. 
 Prop. Cur serus versare boves et plaustra Bootes» 
 
 Exception III. — Cappadox, Allobrox, precox, and nouns 
 ending in S impure, that is, which have a consonant imme- 
 diately preceding S, in the nominative; as Scrobs, JEthiopS) 
 Cecrops, Dohps, have their increase short ; except Cy clops P 
 cercops, hydrops, which increase long. 
 
 Mart. Cappadocum savis Antistius occidit oris. 
 
 Virg. Hie Dolopum manus, hie savus tendebat Achilles. 
 
 Ovid. Tela reponuntur manibus fabricata Cyelopum. 
 
 b Priscian considers ador an irregular noun, for which he is censured 
 by Scaliger, who maintains that ador properly makes only adoris in the 
 genitive, and that adoris- comes from the obsolete nominative adus t of the 
 neuter gender, for which, in time, ador alone began to be used, as corpor 
 for corpus. Vide Seal, ad Fest. 7. 31. — Yossius, Etymol. L. L. maintains 
 the same doctrine. — The analogy is certainly very striking between adus, 
 ador 9 aad decus % decor, 
 
3$ INCREMENTS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 INCREMENT IN U. 
 
 U crescens breve sit. Verum genitivus in URIS, 
 UDIS, et UTIS, ab US, /iroducitur : adjice Fur, Frux, 
 Lux, Pollux. Brevia Intercus^e, Pecus</we, Ligusya<f, 
 
 THE increase of the third declension in U, is, for the 
 most part short ; as Murmur, mwrmuris ; furfur, furfur is : 
 turtur, turturis ; dux, ducis ; prcssul, jirceaulis. 
 
 Virg. Aspice, ventosi ceciderunt murmuris aura. 
 Seren. Furfuribusque novis durum miscebis acetum. 
 Virg. Magnanimosque ducts, (otiusque ex ordine gentis. 
 
 Exceptions. — Genitives in UDIS, URIS, and UTIS, 
 from nominatives in Us, have the penult long ; as fialus, 
 fialudis ; incus, incudis ; tellus, telluris ; virtus, virtutis ; 
 also Pollux, Polliicis ; lux, lucis ; and frugis, "from the 
 old nominative frux. But intercus, fiecus, and Ligus, fall 
 under the general rule, and increase short. 
 
 Virg. Quid dominifacient, audent cum talia f teres ? 
 Tib. Luce sacra requiescat humus, requiescat arator* 
 
 SECT. XIX. 
 
 PLURAL INCREMENT OF NOUNS. 
 
 THE penult of the genitive or dative plural, is called the 
 plural increment of a noun, when either of those cases con- 
 tains more syllables than the nominative plural ; as Musa, 
 Musarum ; Ambo, amborum, ambobus ; Res, rerum, rebus. 
 In the first, SA; in the second, BO ; in the third, RE ; are 
 the respective plural increments. So also BI, in Nubium 
 tmd nubibus ; QUO, in Quorum j QUI, in Quibus. 
 
 PLURAL INCREMENTS IN A, E, O, I, U. 
 
 Pluralis casus, si crescat, protrahit A, E, 
 Atque O. Corripies 1, U : verum excipe Bubus. 
 
 A, E, O, in the increase of the plural, are long; as Qua- 
 *nm*hQLrum,amb(ibu9 ; Rerum, rqbus ; Horum, yuqnfm. 
 
PLURAL rXCREMENT OF NOUNS. 29 
 
 Ovid. Cum tamen a turbd rirum requieverit hdrum, 
 Virg. At Capys, el quorum melior sententia menti. 
 
 I and U, in the increase of the plural, are short ; as Qui- 
 bus, tribus, montibus ; lacubus, verubus. Bubus has al* 
 ready been explained under Section xvi. 
 
 Virg. Moniibus in nostris solus tibi certet Amyntas. 
 
 Ovid. Pramia de lacubus proximo, musta tuis* 
 
 SECT. XX. 
 
 INCREMENT OF VERBS. 
 
 THE second person singular of the present tense indica- 
 tive active, is the measure by which to estimate the incre- 
 ments of verbs. If any tense, or person of a verb, do not 
 contain a greater number of syllables than the above stand- 
 ard, the verb is said, in that tense or person» to have no in- 
 crement. Thus, in a?nat, amant, ama* amem, amans, the 
 verb amo has no increment, because they all contain only 
 two syllables, like amas. 
 
 If however, a tense or person exceed the given standard, 
 then, if that excess be by one syllable, the verb is said to 
 have in that part a single increment; if by two syllables, a 
 double; if by three, a triple; if by four* a fourfold incre- 
 ment. Thus, in a^Sl^nus there is a single increment, which 
 is the penult, for the final syllable is never called the incre- 
 ment; in ?7MABA7?m-s there is a double increment; in 
 aMAVERImi^' a triple increment; and in auDlEBAMlni 
 a fourfold increment» 
 
 In the case of deponent verbs, we may either imagine an 
 active voice, and obtain from this the requisite standard for 
 the regulation of the increments, or we may be guided by 
 analogy, and estimate them by means of other verbs of the 
 same conjugation which have an active voice. Thus, for 
 the verb Largior, we may either form an imaginary active 
 Largio, largis^ of the fourth conjugation, or be guided by 
 the tenses of Audior, which has a real active. 
 
 The final syllable, as has just been observed, is never re- 
 garded as an increment. The first however, becomes one, 
 when the standard tense is a monosyllable. Thus, in the 
 case of Do and Fko, the tenses by which we are to estimate 
 
 C2 
 
INCREMENT OF VERBS. 
 
 their respective increments, are Das and Fles, and conse* 
 quently in Damns, ddbam, dare; Flemus,fiebam,fiere ; the 
 initial syllables are the increments of the verbs. 
 
 VERBAL INCREMENT IN A. 
 
 A crescens produc. Do incremento excipe firimo. 
 
 A is long in every increment of verbs, of whatever conju- 
 gation ; as Stdbam, stares, jirofieramus, docebdmns, audie- 
 bdmini, &c. 
 
 Virg. Trojaque nunc stares, Priamique arx alia mdheres. 
 Ovid. Serius ant citius metam properdmus ad unam. 
 
 Exception. — The first increase of the verb Do is short ; 
 as Damns, ddbunt, dare ; and hence the pronunciation of 
 clrcumddnius, circumddbunt, circumddre ; venumdabo, ve- 
 «nundare ; &c. with the penult short. 
 
 Virg. His lacrymis vitam ddmus, et miserescimus ultro. 
 
 Ovid. Jussit et ambit a circumddre lit tor a terra. 
 
 The second increase of Do, not being excepted, follows 
 the general rule, and is long ; as Ddbdmus, ddbdtis, dabd- 
 mur, ddbdtur, ddbamini. 
 
 Virg. Nam quod consilium, ant quajamfortuna dabdtur ? 
 
 VERBAL INCREMENT IN E» 
 
 E quoque producunt verba i?icrescentia ; verum 
 
 Prima E corripiunt ante R duo tempora Tern*. 
 
 Die Beris atque Bere; at Reris producito Rere. 
 
 Sit hrevis E, guando Ram, Rim, Ro, adjunct a sequuntur* 
 
 Corripit inter dum Steterunt, Dederunt^we Poeta, 
 
 E, in the increase of verbs, is long; as Fiebam, rtbar* 
 iacereris, docerem, legemnt. 
 
 Ovid. Flebat Aristaus, quod apes cum stirpe necatas, 
 Virg. Sic equidem ducebam animo rebarque futurum. 
 Mart. Dadale Lucano cum sic lacereris ab urso, 
 
 Exception I. — E before R in the first increase of every 
 fressnt and imperfect of thCihird conjugation, and in Befit 
 
INCREMENT OF VERBS, 3! 
 
 and Bere, is short ; as Cognoacere, legerem^ legeremtis, lege- 
 ?7.v, legere^ Celebraberis % celebrabere. 
 
 Virg. Jam legere y et quae sit poteris cognoscere virtus. 
 Idem. Semper honor e meo, semper celebrabere donis. 
 
 But in the second increment, where the word terminates 
 in Reris or Rere, the E is long ; as Loquerere, firosequerere. 
 Mart. Hoc tibi Roma caput } cum loquereris, erat. 
 
 Velitriy veils, -veliU Sec. have the E short ; as, 
 
 Horat. Musa, velim memores : et quo patre natus uterque* 
 
 Mart. Esse velis oro serus conviva Tonantis. 
 
 Exception II. — E before RAM, RIM, RO, of every 
 conjugation, is short; as amaveram, amaverim, amavero ; 
 Feceram, fecerim, fecero ; c and the quantity remains the 
 same in the other persons ; as amaveris^ amaverit, amaveri- 
 musy amaveritis ; Fecerimus, feceritis, Sec. 
 
 Ovid. Fecerat exiguasjam Sol altissimus umbras. 
 
 The poets sometimes shorten E before RUNT in the 
 perfect of the indicative. 11 
 
 Virg. Obstupui, steteruntque com& 9 et vox faucibus basil* 
 Hor. Di tibi divitias dederunt artemque fruendi. 
 Sil. Terruerunt pavidos accensa Ceraunia nautas, 
 Tib. Nee cithara, intons<g profueruntve comae. 
 Mart. Nee tua defuerunt verba Thalasse miki. 
 Phaedr. Abiturus illuc^ quo prior es abierunt* 
 
 VERBAL INCREMENT IN I. 
 
 Corripit I crescens verbum. — Sed deme Vellmus? 
 NolimuSj Simus, quaeque bine formantur ; et IVI 
 Prceteritum. Pariter quartos prius incrementum^ 
 Consona cum sequitur y tu protraxisse memento. 
 RI conjunciivum-y possunt variare Poetce. 
 
 c This rule only applies to verbs in their natural state, as Fteveram, 
 Jlevtrim, Jlevero ; and n^to such fte have suffered contraction by Syncope 
 or otherwise, as FleraqQfiftirim, flivQ ; for in these last the E retains the 
 same quantity which it possessed previously to the Syncope, viz. Fie {\t)ram 
 ■fl£{\e) rim, jle{\e) ro. 
 
 <H See the remarks upon the figure * Systole' 9 
 
32 INCREMENT OF VERBS. 
 
 I, in any of the increments of verbs, is short ; as Linqui- 
 mils, amabimus, docebzmus, audiebamini, Sec. and Fenirnus, 
 comfierimus , refierimus, &c. of the perfect tense. 
 
 Virg. Linquimus Ortygia partus y pelagoque volamu*. 
 
 Idem. Venimusy et magnos Erebi tranavimus amnes. 
 
 Exception — I is long in Nolito, nolite, nollmus, nolltis ; 
 Velimw<>~veliti< ; Malimus* malilis ; Simus, sitis ; and their 
 compounds, Posshnus, adsimus, firosimus. Sec. 
 
 Ovid. Et documenta damuSy qua slmus origine nati. 
 Idem. Si quiz ut in populo, qui sitis, et unde y requirat. 
 
 The penult of the preterite in IVI, of any conjugation, is 
 long; as Petivi, atidroif and also the first increase of the 
 fourth conjugation, whenever a consonant immediately fol- 
 lows; as Audlmus, audltis, audite, audirem, audire^ audi- 
 rnur, auditur, aud~irei\ audVor, audiri ; to which add the 
 contracted form of the imperfect, audiham, and the old form 
 of the future, audibo, which are found in ibam and ?5o, from 
 Eo ; and in quibam and quibo, from Queo. Venlmus, com- 
 pcrimus, refierimus, &c. of the present tense, fall under this 
 exception, and are long; whereas venhnus, comfierimus, re» 
 fierimus, 8cc. of the perfect tense, have the penult short, as 
 has been above mentioned, according to the general rule* 
 
 Virg. Crssiy et sublato montem genitore petivi. 
 
 Idem. Tu ne cede malisy sed contra audientior ito* 
 
 Idem. Jungimus hospitio dextras, et tecta subimus. 
 
 But when a vowel, and not a consonant, immediately fol- 
 lows the I, the latter becomes consequently short by its 
 position ; as Audiunt, audiebam, audtam, audiar, audzensy 
 Sec. 
 
 e The letter V, in the preterites of many Latin verbs, is one of the 
 numerous traces of the old «^Eolic or Tuscan digamma, with which the lan- 
 guage abounds. According to Priscian, it had the power of making the 
 preceding vowel long, which would otherwise be short; as cupivi 9 cvpti ; 
 audiveram, audferam. This remark of the ancient grammarian is con- 
 firmed by the authority of Yarro and Servius. From an observation made 
 bv the first-mentioned writer, it appears probable that the Romans were 
 accustomed, in some cases, to express this V in pronunciation, though it was 
 omitted in writing. Thus in Ennius — " J\u?ic surnVr Rommii, qui firimus 
 ante Rurfini ; w i. e. fuvimusz and again — "Jlnnjbte sese mecum decernere 
 ferro" i. e. annuvit* Instances of this are also t£be found in Plautus and 
 Phsedrus. On the nther hand, the V was sometimes expressed. Thus, in 
 Lucilius — " Tantalus qui poenas ob facta nejautia tuvit?' So also, "Jlu- 
 vida" Lucr. 2.463; " fiuvidum" lb 465 ; " incikbuvzrit" Phcedrus, 3. 
 Prol. 22; « pluverat," Plautus, MeiiPrcl 63. 
 
INCREMENT OF VERB3. 33 
 
 With regard to the quantity of the I in RIMUS and 
 RITIS of the subjunctive mood, which has afforded so fer^- 
 tile a theme of discussion to both ancient and modern proso- 
 dians, the best doctrine appears to be this : that RIMUS 
 and RITIS are common, both in the preterite and the fu- 
 ture ; and that, since the RI is common in them, it follows 
 by analogy, that the preterite and future RIS are also com- 
 mon ; and consequently, that, in the examples which have 
 beer) cited by some, of the preterite RIS being made long 
 by caesura, the RIS is long therein by its own power, an$ 
 not by the effect of the caesura.* 
 
 VERBAX INCREMENT IN O AND U. 
 
 O incremenium produe, U corripe semper. 
 U Jit in extremo penultima longafuturo. 
 
 O, in the increase of verbs, is always long ; as Facii6te k 
 habetote. 
 
 Ovid. Cumque loqui poterit, matrem facitote salutet. 
 
 U, in the increase of verbs, is short ; as Sumus, fiossumus^ 
 volumus, 
 
 Hor. Nos numerus sumus, etfruges consumer e nail. 
 Idem. Si patrice volumus, si nobis vivere chart. 
 Virg. Dicite Pierides } non omnia possunzus omnes, 
 
 Exception. — But U*in the penult of the future participle 
 in RUS, is always long; as Amatiirus, fieritiirus^ factiirus* 
 Virg. Si perituris ahis, et nos rape in omnia tecum. 
 Idem. Tarda venit, seris factura nepotibus imbram K 
 
 SECT. XXI. 
 
 fINAL SYLLABLES. 
 
 THE quantity of final syllables is ascertained, in some 
 cases, by position ; as Prudens, fircscox ; in others, by their 
 
 f See the point fully and ably discussed in Carey's Latin Prcsodr, 
 p. G7— 78, s - - 
 
34 INCREMENT OF VERBS. 
 
 containing a diphthongal sound; as Must, penn* ; but, in 
 most, by special rules, which follow. 
 
 A Jinlta dato longis. Ita, Postea, denie, 
 
 Eia, Quia, et casus /ilerosque : at protrahe sextum^ 
 
 Cul Grgcos (quot ab AS recto ) conjunge vocandi. 
 
 A, in the end of words not declined by cases, is long ; as 
 Mcmordp amd,frustrd, ergd, intra. 
 
 Virg. Musa mihi causas m&mora: quo numine Itso. 
 Idem. Ne quid inexpert um^frustr a moritura^ relinquaL 
 
 Exceptions. — Eia* ita, put a, posted^ quid, have the A 
 short, though, strictly speaking, the final letter in posted* 
 and quia should be regarded as common, the former having 
 it long in Plautus, and the latter in Phsedrus. 
 
 Val, Flac, Ferret ad aurigera cafiut arboris, Fid, per 
 
 ipsum. 
 Virg. Sublime expulsam eruerent : itd turbine nigro. 
 Ovid. Posted mirabar, cur non sine litibus esset. 
 
 g In imperatives of the first conjugation, the final a is long, because 
 formed by contraction from ac. Thus, rnemorae, memorti; amae, atpd; 
 just as in the Greek contracted verbs, etf/.At, ecu a, mete; rip At, t//^a, 
 fce. 
 
 h Pitta is short only when taken adverbially; when it stands as an im- 
 perative, the a is long. Great doubt however, has been attempted to be 
 thrown upon the quantity of the final letter in puta when an adverb. It is 
 found in Persius, 4. 10. "and in Martial, 5 25.; but, in both instances, the 
 text has been considered by many to be corrupt, and puto has been substi- 
 tuted Whatever may be the opinion of critics wiih respect to the true 
 reading in these two particular instances, it is conceived that the authority 
 of S rvius should be deemed decisive on the general question, who, in his 
 comments on the 2d jEn. after observing that adverbs in a are long, ex- 
 pressly excepts />ul«| and ita. 
 
 i Some prosodians maintain, that when the a in postea is short, the 
 word should be separated, and read post ea. This mode of writing it, is in 
 fact adopted by Burmann, in the line from Ovid above quoted, Fast. 1. 1C5, 
 and ; 'so in % 255, though without any comment in either case. Others think 
 that ihe a in postea is always long; and that when .said to be short, the ea 
 is in fact made one ; ong syllable by synseresis, as auvea, Virg. JEn. 1. 698. 
 It is simplest, however, to term the a in postea common ; although, if called 
 on t decide merely between the two positions which hnve just been men- 
 tioned, the second would appear to be more correct than the first, the in- 
 stances of synseresis in the case of Is and its compounds being very fre* 
 auently met with. 
 
INCREMENT OF VERBS. 35 
 
 Plaut. Si auctoritatem floated defugeris. 
 
 Horat. Et quid des/ieres invicti membra Glyconis. 
 
 Phaedr. Ego firimam tolloy nominor quid leo. 
 
 The final A is likewise short in all cases of nouns, except 
 the ablative singular of the first declension,** and Greek vo* 
 catives from nominatives in AS ; as Anchord, de prord } 
 JEned, Palld. 
 
 Virg. Anchord de prordjacitur, stant littore puppes. 
 
 Idem. Quid miserum, JEned^ laceras ? jam fiarce sepulto. 
 
 Greek nouns in ES and E, are frequently changed by the 
 Latins into A ; as Atrida for Atrides, Oresta for Orestes^ 
 Circa for Circe. In nouns of this clas«, the final A, in the 
 vocative, is short. Anchisa (jEn. 3. 475.) comes from a 
 Doric nominative in AS, and therefore falls under the pre- 
 ceding rule. 
 
 Horat. Ne guis humasse velit Ajacem, Atridd> vetas cur 2 
 
 Ovid. Feceruntfuria, tristis Oresta^ tu&. 
 
 The numerals in GINTA have the A common, but more 
 frequently long than short. 
 
 Virg. Trigintd cafiitum foetus enixa jacebit* 
 Manil. Ter trigintd quadrurn partes per sidera reddant* 
 Petron. Sanguine Romano , sexagintdque triump.hU. 
 Mart. Sexagintd teras cum limina mane senator. 
 
 Contra} and Jkrta, are usually long in the more polished 
 writers, though sometimes found short. 
 
 Virg. Contra non ulla est oleis cultura nee ilia. 
 
 k The final a, in the ablative singular of the first declension, is long, 
 because contracted from ai. The ablative is a c.nse peculiar to the Latin 
 language, and derived its origin from the dative. The Latins originally had 
 no ablative, but, like the Greeks, made use of the dative to supply its place* 
 In process of time, however, a division was made, and the dative retained 
 its name only when standing alone; whereas^ when it was governed by a 
 preposition expressed or understood, it was styled the ablative. A gradual 
 change of termination in the latter case, contributed still farther to distin- 
 guish it from its parent source, until in some words the resemblance became 
 scarcely perceptible. 
 
 1 Vossius, A.G. 2. 24, quotes the following line from Manilius, in which 
 he contends that the a in contra is short: " Contra jacens cancer patdlum 
 distentus in aivum" The remark is an incorrect one. The a in contra 
 "is elided, and jacens pronounced jacens. of three syllables. Thus Calpur- 
 nius, Eel. 6. 50, " Genus est ut scitis equarwn J\"on Jugate mihi /" and 
 Sentca, Hipp. 287, " Si quafcrventi sUbficta cancro est" 
 
36 INCREMENT OF VERBIS. 
 
 Idem. Ingens arafuit,juxtdque veterrima lanrus* 
 Ennius. Quis pater aut cognatiC volet vos contra tuerL 
 CatuSl. Lumina, Callisto juxtd Lycaonida. 
 
 The final A is short ia the names of the Greek letters \ 
 as Alpha, Beta, Sec. 
 
 Sedul. Principium ac Jinem hunc simul Alpha viderier 
 
 /tunc Q. 
 Juv. Hoc discunt omnes, ante Alpha et Beta, puella. 
 
 FINAL E. 
 
 E brevia. Prima quintczque vocabula produc, 
 Atque One, Yermeque, Fereque, Famegwe, Doceque 
 Et socios ; plurale Mele, Tempe, Pelage^we, 
 Et Cete ; nee non adverbia cuncta secunda, 
 Exceptis Inferne, Superne, Bene ac Male. Prater 
 Encliiicas et syllabicas, monosytlaba produc. 
 
 E final is for the most part short : as Natl, fuge> pong> 
 nempe, quoque, pxrie*. 
 
 Virg. Heufuge, nate Bed, teq; his, ait, eripeflammis. 
 Icjem. Po&ne simul tecum solatia rapta Menalca. 
 
 Exception I. — E final is long in all cases of the first and 
 fifth declensions; 111 ziAnvhisiade, Calliope ; re, die, with their 
 compounds, Quare, hodie, pridie, quotidie. Under this ex- 
 ception also, falls the ablative fame, the noun fames having 
 been, according to Aulus Gellius, (9. 14.) originally of the 
 fifth declension, fames, famei, like plebes, plebei. 11 
 
 m The final e is long in all cases of nouns of the first declension, because 
 answering to the Greek ». It is long in the ablative singular of the fifth 
 declension, because contracted from ei; and consequently also in the con- 
 tracted genitive and dative of the same declension; as fidt 9 diz t for fidei, 
 diet. 
 
 n The vocatives, Ulysse and Achillt, have also the final e long. These 
 are Greek forms. The iEolo-Doric tribes changed the termination tus into 
 vty and said Og^»? for OgPsvs, OJWsr»? for Ofurcrivs> A%t\xt}S for 
 A%t\\iv$, Sec. The Latins, in imitation of these, used Ulysses Hnd Achil- 
 les, with some others, as nouns of the third declension, making in the voca- 
 tive Ulysse, Achil/e, &c. with the e final long, because answering to the 
 Greek h. Another Latin form, and one of more frequent recurrence in 
 poetry, is that in eiis, of the second declension; as Ulysseus, Achilleus ; 
 making in the genitive, Ulysse'i, Aehillei ; contracted into Ulyssi,Achilli, 
 Instances of this form may be seen in Virgil, Eel. 8. 70, &ir. 1, 30. 3, SJ% 
 
FINAL SYLLABLES. 3T 
 
 Virg. Tros Anchisiade, facilis descensus Averni. 
 Mart. JVoTi venias quart tarn longo tempore Romam, 
 Virg. Objicit : ille fame rafiida tria guttura fiandens. 
 
 Ohe,ferme, and fere, likewise make the final E long, 
 though fere is found short in Ausonius. 
 Mart. Ohejam satis est, ohe libelle. 
 Juv. Mobilis et varia estferme natura malorum» 
 Seneca. Partes fere nox alma transierat duas. 
 
 Exception II — Verbs of the second conjugation, have E 
 final long, in the second person singular of the imperative 
 active ; as Doce, mone. vide, resfiondi, cave, Sec. 
 
 Horat. Obsequio grassare : mone si increbuit aura. 
 Ovid. Nate cave, dum resque sinit tua corrige vota. 
 
 Cave, vide, vale, resfionde, are also found short ; but in 
 these instances, we must consider them as coming from ob- 
 solete verbs of the third conjugation.? 
 
 Tib. Tu cave nostra tuo contemnas carmina fastu. 
 Ovid. Idque quod ignoti faciunt^ vale dicere saltern* 
 Pers. Auriculas ? Vide, sis, ne majorum tibi forte» 
 Phaedr. Vide? ne dolone collum compungam tibu 
 Mart. Si, quando veniei ? dicet / responds poeta* 
 
 Exception III — E final is long in Greek neuters plural, 
 such as Mete, Temfie, pelage, cete, cacoethe, &c. the final 
 vowel in these, answering to the Eta (or long E) in Greek. 
 
 6, 839 and in Horace. Od. 1, 6, 7. Epod. 17, 14, and 16. The vocative of 
 such a form wilt be Lliyssee, JichiUee. We may suppose Achille in Pro- 
 pertius. 4, 12. 40. to be formed from it by Apocope. 
 
 o The second person singular of the present imperative active, in verbs 
 of the s cond conjugation, is, l&e the corresponding tense in verbs of the 
 first, a contracted form. Thus, docee, doce ; mo?iee 9 mone ; &c 
 
 p Some are inclined to consider these as instances of Systole. In Ti- 
 bullus however, 1, 4, 73. we have caverem with a short penult, evidently 
 from cavo, ire, of >he third conjugation. Scaliger, in commenting on the 
 line, expressly asset ts that the tex. had been changed by some, from an 
 ignorance of the conjugation to which caverem properly belonged, and 
 cantrcm substituted in its pbce. In, like manner, Servius, <^£n. 4.409- 
 observes, that verbs of the second conjugation frequently drop e before o % 
 and p :*ss into the third ; as Julgeo?fulgo ; ferveo, fervo. He then quotes 
 cava, cavis, and refers to Catullus (an error, according to Scaliger, for 
 Tibullus,) for an instance of the use of cavere. The strongest fact how- 
 ever, is the actual use of restfondgre by Manilius, 5. 737. 
 
 " Sic etiam niagno qua dam respondtre mundo 
 Hac natura facit, qua cceli condidit orben. n 
 
 D 
 
oS FINAL SYLLABLES. 
 
 Lucr. Et cycnea mele, Phoebeaque, dadala chordis. 
 Seneca. Parvamne lolcon, Thessala an Tempi petam ? 
 Lucr. At pelage multa, et late substrata videmus. 
 
 Exception IV. — Adverbs in E, formed from adjectives 
 of the second declension, have the final E long ; as Placidi, 
 -valdi from validly maximi, minimi, Sec. except Bene, 
 male, in/erne, sufierne. 
 
 Mart. Excipe sollicitos placidly mea dona, libellos / 
 Idem. Hoc valdi vitium periculosum est. 
 Virg. Quod minimi reris Grata pandetur ab urbe. 
 Mart. Nil bene cum facias, facis attamen omnia belle. 
 Hor. Et male tornatos incudi reddere versus. 
 
 But adjectives neuter of the third declension, used as ad- 
 verbs, retain the final E short; as Sublime, suave, dulce, 
 facile, difficile, imflunefl 8c c. 
 
 Virg. Cantantes sublime ferent ad sidera cycni. 
 Idem. Ipse sed in pratis aries, jam suave rubenti. 
 
 Exception V. — Monosyllables in E are also long ; as 
 Di, mi, te, si, and ne {lest or not); except the enclitics, 
 Que, ve, ne, and the syllabic additions, Pte, ce, te, de, as in 
 Su&fite, nostrafite, hosce, tute, quamde.* 
 
 Virg. Te veniente die, ti decedente canebat. 
 
 Idem. Ne, pueri, ni tanta animis adsuescite bella. 
 
 Idem. Arma virumque cano, Trqja qui primus ab oris. 
 
 Idem. Tantane vos generis tenuit fducia vestri ? 
 
 Ennius. Tite, tute Tati tibi tanta tyranne tidisti. 
 
 Terent. Nostrdpte culpa facimus, ut malos ex/iediat esse, 
 
 FINAL I AND Y. 
 
 I firoduc. Previa Nisi cum Quasi, Gracaque cuncta. 
 Jure Mihi varies, Tib'ujue, et Sibi ; queis Ibi, \Jb\que 
 
 q The adjective impunis occurs in Solinus, c. 27. " Impwiis rediit." 
 This reading has been controverted by many, but is defended by Salmasius. 
 
 r The lengthening of monosyllables which consist of, or terminate in a 
 vowel, depends upon an established principle of metrical harmony, since 
 they would be nearly lost in the reading, if the voice did not dwell upon 
 them and make them necessaiily long. In the case of enclitics and syllabics 
 however, this principle does not apply. These are connected so closely with 
 the preceding word, that '.hey form but one word with it in the rapidity of 
 pronunciation, and aie no longer considered as separate monosyllables. 
 
FINAL SYLLABLES. oV 
 
 Junge, et Uti. Cui corrifiias dissyllabon ; atqui 
 Cm filer urn que solet monosyttabon esse poetis. 
 
 The final I is for the most part long ; as Si, classi, fieri, 
 amavi % audiri. s 
 
 Mart. Si gaudet, slflet, si tacet, lianc loquitur. 
 
 Virg. Sicfatur lacrymans, classique immittit habenas. 
 
 Idem. Pastores ! mandat fieri sibi talia Daphnis. 
 
 Exception I. — The final I is short in Nisi and quasi. 
 Ovid. Quid nisi Pier ides, solatia frigida rest ant ? 
 Idem. Quoque sit armento, veri quasi nescia quari. 
 
 Quasi occurs with the I long in Lucretius, 2. 291, and in, 
 Avienus, Phsen. 554, 1465, 1567, 1654; but the final vowel, 
 in all these instances, is lengthened by the caesura. Nisi 
 also has the I long in the following line from Statius, Silv. 
 4, 3, 59 :— 
 
 His parvus, Lechice nisi vetarent, 
 
 As however, in this line, the caesura cannot with equal 
 probability be supposed to have operated, it seems better to 
 adopt a different reading than make the verse as it has just 
 been given, a solitary instance of the I in Nisi being long. 
 The Bipont edition reads it thus : — 
 
 His parvus, Lecheo nihil vetante, 
 
 Exception II.— The final I and Y are short in Greek 
 neuters; as Gummi, sinafii, moly — in the dative singular of 
 Greek nouns ; as Palladi, Thetidi, Phyllidi — in Greek vo- 
 catives ; as Adoni, Alexl, Tifihy, chely, Tethy, (but not in 
 Tet/iy, the contracted dative for Tethyi) — and in datives and 
 ablatives plural in SI ; as Hero'ist, Dryasi, Troast* 
 
 Ovid. Moly vocant super i: nigra radice tenetur. 
 
 Stat. Palladi litorea celebrabat Scyros honorem. 
 
 Ovid. Semper, Adorn, mei, repetitaque mortis imago. 
 
 Idem. Quid tibi cum patrid, navita Tiphy, med. 
 
 Idem. Troasin invideo, que si lacrymosa suorum. 11 
 
 s The long l in Latin is a contraction from EI. The old orthography 
 •was, puerei, illei, meiles, meilitia, eironeia, he. 
 
 t The I and Y are short in all these exceptions, because answering to the 
 final « and v in Greek, which are in general short. 
 
 u In this example, the n added to Troasi, is placed there merely to 
 prevent the hiatus at the meeting of the two vowels, and makes no differ- 
 ence whatever in the quantity. It is like the v iqtKKVcrrt&ov of th© 
 Greeks» 
 
40 FINAI* SYLLABLES. 
 
 Exception III. — Mihif tibi, sibi, ubi y and ibi y have the 
 nnal vowel common. 
 
 Tibul. Non mihi pigra nocent hiberna frigcra noctis. 
 
 Horat. Tecum mllii discordia est. 
 
 Virg. Sparge marite nuces y tibi deserit Hesperus Oetam, 
 
 Id. Cat. Datur tibipuella, quam petis, datur. 
 
 Juv. Dwn sibi nobilior Latona gente videtur. 
 
 Sen. Sibique melius quam Deis notus t negat. 
 
 Luc. Venalesque mantis : ibi fas } ubl maxima merces. 
 
 Horat. Instar veris enim vultus ubl tuus. 
 
 Virg. Ter conatus ibi collo dare brachia circim. 
 
 The quantity of the final vowel in Uti y is involved in some 
 uncertainty. Most prosodians make it long, a quantity which 
 we often find it to possess. If however any stress is to be 
 laid upon the fact, that the I is short in Utinam and Utique y 
 and if the reading be correct in the following lines, it ought 
 rather to be regarded as common. 
 
 Lucil. Sic uti mechanici cum alto exsiluere petauro* 
 Ennius. Sic uti siquP ferat vas vini dimidiatum. 
 Lucr. Sic uti quadrupednm cum primis esse videmus. 
 Idem. Sic uti summarum summa est externa, neque extraJ 
 
 In Sicubu necubi, and sicuti, the final I is said to be always 
 -hort ; but if we are to be guided by the quantity of the 
 final letter in ubi and uti y we shall be more correct in calling 
 it common; though it would be difficult to find examples 
 where it is other than short. 
 
 Exception IV. — Cui y when a dissyllable, generally has 
 the I short. 
 
 Sen. Mittat et donet cuicumque terns. 
 Mart. Sed norunt cm serviunt leones. 
 Idem. Driisorum cui contigere barbae. 
 Idem. Et credit cui Postumilla dives. 
 
 x The- contracted dative JWi, formed by crisis from mihi, is neecs.sari'y 
 long. But *M¥ formed bv apocope, remains short, as in the following line 
 of Ennius: — 
 
 ts Ingens cura mC cum concordibus <z quip ar are. 
 
 y The two lines quoted from Lucretius, occur 2. 536. and 5. 817- In 
 the first, Bentley proposes Sicut in place of Sic uti. Wakefield approves 
 of the emendation, but, as it is sanctioned by no previous editi r >n ; does not 
 admit it into the text In the other line, Wakefield reads, as in the rst s 
 Sic uti, while four of the principal editions, including that of Aldus, have 
 Sicuti, and the Bipont, Sicut. 
 
TINAL SYLLABLES. 41 
 
 Qui is commonly considered as forming a monosyllable in 
 poetry. Instances however occur, in which it may be re- 
 garded as a dissyllable, even in hexameter verse, without 
 any violation of the metre, and with advantage to the smooth- 
 ness and harmony of the line ; as in the following, among 
 others : — 
 
 Juv. Cantabat patriis in montibus: et cm non tunc. 
 
 Virg. At puer Ascanius, cut nunc cognomen Iuh. 
 
 Idem. Munera vestra cano. Tuque o cui prima frementenh 
 
 Idem. Incipe parte puer } cm non risere pwentes. 
 
 The same remark is applicable to huic. 
 
 Virg. Tantus in arma palet : latos huic hasta per armo^ 
 
 Paulin. Obsequio condigna Dei conjux hmcalma, 
 
 final o. 
 
 O datur ambiguis, Grcsca et monosyllaba firoduc^ 
 Ergo pro causa, ternum sextumque secundcz, 
 Quels etiam jungas adverbia nomine nata. 
 At Cito corrifiies, atque Immo. Sed hcec variantur 9 
 Postremo, Sero, Subito, Porro, Modo, Retro. 
 Idcirco, atque Ideo, simul his conjunctio Vero. 
 
 O final is common; 2 as Quando, duo, virgo, cafito^ 
 
 Horat. Quando pauperism, missis ambagious, hor res* 
 Mart. Quando mora dulces, longusque a Czsare pidvis* 
 Anson. Europamque Asiamque, duo v el maxima terras* 
 Virg. Pneterea duo, nee tutd mihi valh reperti. 
 Mart. Capto tuam, pudet heu ! sed capto, Pontice, c&narru 
 
 z According to Charisius and Diomedes, the final o in Latin was originallv 
 long in all words. Its being subsequently regarded as common in so manV 
 Instances, seems to have arisen from this circumstance, that, as the Latin q 
 stood both for the o-micron and o-mzga of the Greeks, and hence had s 
 double c^iantity under one and the same form, the poets dexterously 
 availed themselves of this ambiguity, and in many words made the final o at 
 one time short and at another long, just as it was found conducive to their 
 purpose. 
 
 a The more polished writers of the Augustan age rarely made the final 
 o in verbs short. Thus, in Virgil, scio, Eel. 8, 43. and Mn. 3, 602. with 
 spundeo, ^n. 9, 296. and a few others, alone occur. On the other h;md s 
 Statius, Martial, and their contemporaries and successors, very frequently 
 made it short 
 
 D.2 
 
42 FINAL SYLLABLES. 
 
 Exception I. — All cases in O, of Greek nouns, written 
 in the original with an O (mega), are long; as, nominative, 
 Id, Ino, Clio ; genitive, Androgeb ; accusative, Atho, Clo~ 
 iho: as is likewise ergo, when it signifies "for the sake" or 
 " on account of" and governs a genitive case, it being then 
 derived from the Greek ^ycu. 
 
 Prop. Id, versa caput, primos mugiverat annos, 
 
 Virg. In foribus letiim Androgeb : turn pendere p&nas. 
 
 Pedo. Quondam ego tentavi Clothoque duasque sorores. 
 
 Exception II. — Monosyllables in O are long ; as O, db y 
 stb, firb, firbh. 
 
 Virg. O decus, bfama merito pars maxima nostra. 
 Idem. Do quod vis; et me victusque volensque remitto. 
 Idem. Pro molli viola, pro purpureo narcisso. 
 Idem. Profi scelus/ ecce etiam Trojanis matribus actis. 
 
 Exception III. — O final is long in the dative and ablative 
 singular of the second declension ; as Domino, fiuerb, vento, 
 aurb. h 
 
 Ovid. Nutritur vento, vento restinguitur ignis. 
 
 Prop. Auro pulsajides, auro venaliajura. 
 
 The gerund in DO (which in reality is the dative or abla- 
 tive of the second declension) is most commonly found with 
 the O final long: instances however occur, where the final 
 letter is short ; but these are extremely rare, and for the 
 most part of very doubtful authority. The following are the 
 principal lines in which the latter quantity is found : c 
 
 Juv. Plurimus hie ager moritar vigilando : sed ilium. 
 Ovid. Fortunam vultus fassa tegendo suos. 
 Tibul. Aufer et ipse meum par iter medicando dolorem. 
 Ter. Maur. Sic varios tarn longa dies renovando dolores. 
 
 Exception IV. — Adverbs formed from adjectives have 
 the final O for the most part long ; as Multb, rarb, tuto. 
 
 b The final o in the dative and ablative singular of the second declension, 
 is long, because contracted from oi. Thus, Domino was anciently dominoi ; 
 auro, auroi, kc. 
 
 e The line from Juvenal (3, 232.) is given by Ruperti, as above quoted, 
 Without comment, or reference to any different reading. But in the line 
 from Tibullus (3, 6, 3.) and also in that from Chid (Ep. 9, 126.) the various 
 readings throw great suspicion upon the purity of the text. 
 
FINAL SYLLABLES. 43 
 
 Juv. Pcena autem vehemens et multo savior Mis. 
 Ovid. Adde quod iste tuus, tarn raro predict passus. 
 
 But the final letter is short in Cito and Immo % and com- 
 mon in Modo, 6 - with its compounds, Dummodo, fiostmodo, 
 &c. as also in Postremo, sero, subitof fiorro, retro, idcirco^ 
 and the conjunction vero. 
 
 Ovid. Quo Levis a nobis tarn citofugit amor? 
 
 Mart. Vendere : nil debet : fc&nerat immo magis. 
 
 Prop. Fortunata domus, modo sit tibijidus amicus. 
 
 Sen. Quxfarna modo venit ad aures ? 
 
 Juv. Et Scauros, et Fabricios ; fiostremo severos. 
 
 Lucr. Postremb, guoniam incultis firastare videmus» 
 
 Claud. Imfierium tibi sero datum : victoria velox. 
 
 Phsedr. Sero domum est reversus titubanti fiede. 
 
 Sen. Cum subito*, thalami more, firacedunt faces. 
 
 Idem. Cum subito nostros Hector ante oculos stetit. 
 
 Phaedr. Parvum tigillum, missum quod subito vadis. 
 
 Juv. Vester fiorro labor fecundior, historiarum. 
 
 Luc. Quid fiorro tumulis opus est ? aut ulla requiris» 
 
 Sen Unde retro nemo. Tulimus Oceani minas. 
 
 Phaedr. Ferroque viso, rettulit retro fit dem. 
 
 Ter. Maur. Idcirxo gemellum vocitdrunt choriambon, 
 
 Virg. Idcirco certis dimensum fiartibus orbem. 
 
 Val. Flacc. Quod fietimus ; sin vera fireces et dicta su~ 
 fierhus. 
 
 Virg. Pascunlur vero silvas, et summa Lyccsi. 
 
 Ideo has likewise the O common. Adeo frequently occurs 
 with the O long, but from its affinity to ideo, we should no 
 doubt be more correct in calling it common also. 
 
 Mart. An ideo tantum veneras, ut exires ? 
 
 Claud. Vulneribus quccsita meis : ideone tot annos. 
 
 d In most systems of Prosody, the final o in modo, and its compounds, is. 
 said to be short. It is in fact most generally found with this quantity, but 
 not always. The ariapsestie line from Seneca (Octav. *273.) clearly proves 
 that it must in strictness be regarded as common. In addition to this au- 
 thority, the two following may be mentioned. " At tu, si qua modo non 
 adspernenda putabis" Calpurnius, 4, 157. — "Hoc quid putemus esse ? 
 qui modo scurra" Catullus, #2, 12. — If the final letter in modo be consi- 
 dered common, consistency will require us to extend this epithet to its 
 compounds. 
 
 e The final letter of subito is short according to most prosodians. The 
 lines however, quoted above from Seneca (Troas. 1132 and 443 J prove It 
 to have been common, 
 
44 FINAL SYLLABLES. 
 
 Luc. Usque adeone times, quern tufacis ipse timendum ? 
 Profecto and illico are found vwttTtHe^Tial O short. 
 Ter. Maur. Addas, hexameter profecto jiet. 
 Sid. Apoli. Illico barbaries: necnon sibi capta videri. 
 
 Their derivation however (firo facto — in loco) seems to 
 countenance the idea, that the O in these should be re- 
 garded as common, since it could not be naturally and con- 
 stantly short. 
 
 Ego and homo have the final letter common, though more 
 frequently short than long. 
 
 Virg. Me ego qui quondam gracili modulatus avend* 
 Plaut. Sed nunc rogare ego vicissim te volo. 
 Lucr. Nee tola pars, homo terrai quota toiius unus. 
 Mart. Miraris Aide f semper bonus homo tiro est. 
 
 FINAL U, B, D, T. 
 
 U /iroduc. B, D, T fiurum, corrifie semper. 
 
 U final is generally long; as Manu % cornu; and such 
 Greek vocatives as Pant hit, Melamfm, &c. f 
 Virg. Tela manii miseri jactabant irrita Teucri. 
 Ovid. Nee mora, curvavit cornu, nervoque sagittam. 
 Virg. Quo res summa loco, Vanthii? quam prendimus arcem? 
 Stat. Quidfurtim lacrymas ? Ilium venerande Melampu. 
 
 Exceptions. — Indu and nenus have the U short. It 
 continues short also in those words which naturally end in 
 
 f Words ending in u are Ion?, in consequence of the broad and full 
 sound given to that vowel in Lntin, like the double o or broad u in English. 
 The sound of the Latin u may be ascertained from the following passage in 
 Plautus, Mdi. 4, 2, 90. where the parasite makes an allusion to the cry of 
 the owl: — 
 
 P?. Tu, Tu istic, inquam, i;m' afferri noctuam, 
 
 Quce, Tu, Tu, usque dicat tibi? nam no s jam nos defessi sumus. 
 
 In such vocatives as Panthu, Jtlelampu, &c. the final letter is long, because 
 written in the original with the diphthong ov. 
 
 g Indu is the old Latin form for *», arid nenu for non. The former ap- 
 pears to h^ve come from the Greek wfov, the latter is said to have been 
 the parent of th^ Latin non. They both occur in the older Latin writers, 
 and also in Lucretius. According to Wakefield, the more correct ortbo- 
 
FINAL SYLLABLES, 43 
 
 abort US, and are only deprived of the S by the ancient 
 mode of pronunciation, in order to preserve the syllable 
 from becoming long by its position before a consonant at the 
 beginning of the following word ; as Ple?iu y for jilcnus y 
 bonu* for bonus, &c. h 
 
 Lucr. Nee jacere indu ?nanus, via qua mnnita Jidei. 
 
 Idem. Nenu gueunt rafiidei contra constare Itones. 
 
 Ennius. Suavis homo, facundiC , suo contentu\ beatus. 
 
 Idem. Ille vir haud magna cum re sea filenu 9 fidei* 
 
 Final syllables ending in B or D are short; as db, ad^ 
 quid, illud ; and also those ending in T pure, that is, T im- 
 mediately preceded by a vowel ; as et, at, amat« But if 
 preceded by another consonant, as cist, amdnt, or by a diph* 
 thong, as aut, the syllable must of course remain long s so 
 likewise must haud* 
 
 Ovid. Iftse doeet quid agam. Fas est et db hoste doceri*. 
 Tibul. Luce sacra requiescat humus, requiescat arator* 
 Ovid. Ast ubi blanditiis, agitur nihil horridus ira* 
 Virg. Aut onera accifiiunt venientum, aut agmine facto» 
 Idem. Haud obscura cadens mittet tibi sig?ia Bootes. 
 
 Exception.-— Those third persons singular of the perfect 
 tense, active voice, which contract IVIT or IIT to IT, or 
 AVIT to AT, have the final syllable necessarily long ; as. 
 Peiit for fietiit, subit for subiit^ credt for creavii, irritdt for 
 irritavii, Sec* 
 
 Ovid. Mamma fiet'tt ahum : firofiior locus aera cefiit* 
 Stat. Quo non dignior has subit habenas. 
 Lucr. Irritdt anitni virtutem, ecfringere ut arcta*. 
 Idem. Disturb at urbes, et terra motus obortus* 
 
 FINAL C. 
 
 C longum est. Brevia Nee, Fac ; quibus adjice Donec 3 
 Hie ftronomen, et Hoc jirimo quar toque ^ nee ultfa. 
 
 graphy in the. first, is endv when it stands singly, and indu when com* 
 pounded. Vide Lucr. 2, 1095. and I, 83 ed. Wakefield, Among the com- 
 pounds of indu may he mentioned indupedire for impedire, induperator 
 tor impevator, indugredi for ingvedi. 
 
 h Vide remarks under " EcthJipsis" 
 
 i For other instances of this species of contraction see Virgil, Geo. 1, 279' 
 «£^7,363.8,141, Ovid, Fast. 6, 769, Lucretius, 1,71. 3, 710. 5, 443. 6,586- 
 
46 FINAL SYLLABLES. 
 
 C final has the preceding vowel for the most part long ; 
 as dc, sic, hue, the adverb hie, the ablative hoc. 
 
 Virg. Sic oculos, sic ille manus, sic orajerebat. 
 Idem. Classibus hie locus : hie acies certare solebant, 
 Claud. Prodigio ; quodcumque fiar ant hoc omine fata. 
 
 Exceptions. — Aec and Donee are short, as also the im- 
 perative fac, the pronoun /nc y and its nominative and accu- 
 sative neuter, hoc. k 
 
 Ovid. Parve, nee invideo, sine me liber ibis in urbem, 
 Id°m. Donee eris felix, multos numcrabis amicos. 
 Mart. Sig?ia rarius, aut semel fdc illud. 
 Virg. Hie vir hie est tibi quern firomitti safiius audi&* 
 Plant. Quid hoc hie clamoris audio ante <xdes vieas ? 
 
 FINAL L. 
 
 Corrifie L. At firodue Sal, Sol, Nil, multaque Hebr$a* 
 
 L final has the preceding vowel for the most part short ; 
 as Semel) vigil, consul, simul, mel, fel. 
 
 Ovid. Cum semel in partem criminis ipsa venit. 
 
 Idem. Vesta eadem est, quae terra : subest vigil ignis 
 
 utrique. 
 Idem. Jura dabat fiofiulis fiosito modo consul aratro. 
 Virg. Qbstufiv.it simul ifise^ simul jierculsus Achates, 
 
 k The rule commonly laid down is, that the verb /he, the pronoun hie, 
 and its neuter hoc in the nominative and accusative cases, are common. It 
 is far more correct however to call them all short. The authorities which 
 are cited to prove that fac is sometimes long, are the two following lines 
 from Ovid: — " Has fae Armenios .• hcec est Danaeia Persis." Art. 1,225. 
 — *•' Durius incedit ; fuc ambidat. Omne papilla" Hem. 357. — In the 
 best editions however, neither of these readings appear. Burmann, fgr_ 
 instance, substitutes faciio in place of fac in the first line, and face inum- 
 bu'ei for fac ambulat in the second. 
 
 With respect to the pronoun hie, the ancient grammarians expressly as- 
 sert, that wherever the masculine hie or the neuter hoc (nom. or aceus.) is 
 made long, it ought to be written with double c, viz. hicc > 9 hocc 9 , from 
 hicce, hocce, being otherwise properly short. 
 
 Thi adverb hie, on the contrary, is long, being a contraction from heic 9 a 
 form which is often found in ancient inscriptions. The ablative hoc is loQg 
 fcr a similar reason, being contracted from hoic. 
 
FINAL SYLLABLES. 47 
 
 Exception I. — Sal, 1 sbl, m and nil, n are long. 
 
 Auson. Sal, oleum, fianis, mel, fiifier, herb a ; novem. 
 Stat. Non sal, oxyporumve, caseusve. 
 Ovid. Ulterius sfiatium medio sol alius habebat. 
 Claud. Nil ofiis extern as cufiiens, nil indiga laudis. 
 
 Exception II. — Hebrew names ending in L, have the 
 final syllable generally long ; as Daniel, Raphael, Ismail. 
 Tert. Quam magnus Daniel, qualis vir, quanta ftotestas ? 
 Fortun. Qualiter aut Raphael occursum imfienderit almtc» 
 Victor. Nee (amen Ismail^ Agar de semine natus. 
 
 FINAL m. 
 
 M vorat Ecthlifisis : firisci Ireviare solebant. 
 
 When a syllable ends in M, and is immediately followed 
 by a word beginning with a vowel, that syllable is struck off 
 by Ecthlifisis. 
 
 Pers. curas hominum I o quantum est in rebus inane J 
 Virg. Monstrum horrendum informe ingerts, cui lumen 
 ademfitum. 
 
 The early poets however, frequently preserved the final 
 M before a vowel, and made the syllable short. 
 Ennius. Insignita fere turn millia militum octo. 
 
 1 Sal comes from the old nominative sale by apocope, and Charisius even 
 maintains that the word should always be written sale. The following line 
 of Ennius, in which the old form sa ] e occurs, is quoted by Aulus Gellius, 
 % 26. 
 
 " C<eruleum spumat sale conferta rale pulsum." 
 
 Dr. Carey is of opinion that sal was in reality short, and that Statius and 
 Ausonius made it long merely by poetic license, since the apocope could 
 never of itself lengthen sal from sale. 
 
 m Sol is long, because abbreviated from solus. " Cum sol dictus sit 9 
 vel quia solus ex omnibus sideribus est tantus, vel quia, cum est exor- 
 tiiSy obscuratis omnibus solus apparet." Cic. Nat. D. 2, 27. — So also Boe= 
 thius, Cons. Phil. 5, metr. 2. 
 
 " Quern quia respicit omnia solus 
 Verum possis dicer e solem." 
 
 n Nil is long, because formed by contraction from niJill With regard 
 to nihil, it is short according to the general rule. Ovid, it is true, makes it 
 long on two occasions; Met. 7, 644. and Ep. ex Pont. 3, f, 113,; but m 
 both these instances it is lengthened by the caesura, 
 
48 FINAL SYLLABLES . 
 
 Idem. Dum quidem unus homo Roma totd sufierescit. 
 Lucil. Pratextg ac tunica Lydorum ofiu 9 sordidum omne. 
 
 A few instances also occur in poets of a later age, as in 
 Lucretius, 3, 1095. 4, 1266. and in Horace, Sat. 2, 2, 28. 
 Lucr. Sed dum abest, quod avemus, id exsufierare vi* 
 
 detur 
 Idem. Vomerjim atque locis avertit seminis ictumP 
 Horat. Quam laudas, filuma? cocto num adest honor 
 
 idem ? 
 
 But the best and purest writers seem, in general* to have 
 retained this practice only in words compounded of con, and 
 of circumi as comes, comedo, circumeo, circumago* 
 
 Ovid. Tu tibi dux comiti : tu comes ifisa duci. 
 Juv. Luctantur fiauca, comedunt cotiphia fiauc<e. 
 Stat. Circumeunt hilarts et ad alta cubilia ducunt. 
 Juv. Circumagat madidas a temfiestate cohortes* 
 
 See remarks upon the figure " Ecthlipsis," 
 
 final n; 
 
 N longum in Gratis Latiisque. Sed EN breviabis 
 Dans breve INIS : Gracum ON (modo nonfiluratej se- 
 
 cundae 
 Jungito ; fir&ter Athon et talia. Corrifie ubique 
 Graiorum quartum, si sit brevis ultima recti, 
 Forsitan, in, Forsan, Tamen, an, Viden', et Satin 5 , addas 
 
 N final has the preceding vowel for the most part long, 
 both in Latin words and in those of Greek origin ; as JVon, 
 quin, sin. Titan, Orion, Act&on* 
 
 Virg. De grege non ausim quicquam defionere tecum* 
 Ovid. Non jiotuit mea mens, quin esset grata* teneri. 
 Virg. Sin absumfita salus, et te pater optime, Teucrum* 
 Luc. Flammiger an Tutin ut alentes hauriat undas, 
 Manil. Meruit et ardentes Orion aureus ignes. 
 
 To these add Greek accusatives in AN from nominatives 
 in AS, and accusatives in EN from nominatives in E or ES, 
 
 o This line is given according to the reading of the Bipont edition. 
 
FiNAL SYLLABLES. 49 
 
 as also Greek genitives plural in ON of every declension ; 
 as JEnedn, Tiresidn, Penelofien, Anchisen, Cimmcribn, The* 
 reon, Philanon. 
 
 Virg. Et savum JEnedn, agnovit Turnus in armis. 
 Idem. Occurrit, veterem Anchisen agnoscit amicum. 
 Tibul. Cimmerian etiam obscuras accessit ad oras. 
 
 Exception l.—Forsitan, hi, forsdn, tamen, an, viden 9 , 
 and satin 9 , are short; and likewise nouns in EN, which in- 
 crease short in INIS in the genitive case; as JYomen, flee* 
 ten, fiumen, Jlamen. 
 
 Virg. Forsitan et Priami fuerint qua fata, requiras? 
 Ovid. Non tamen ut Priamus Nympha socer esse recuset. 
 Tibul. Votacadunt: viden 9 , ut trepidantibus advokt alis? 
 Ovid. Nomen Arionium Siculas impleverat urbes. 
 
 Exception II.— ON is short in the singular cases of 
 Greek nouns, which have those cases written in the original 
 with an O (micron); as, nom. Won, Erotion, Pelionj ace. 
 Cerberon, Menelaon, Rhodon. 
 
 Ovid. Ilion, et Tenedos, Simoisque, et Xanthus, et Ide. 
 Mart. Pallida nee nigras horrescat Erotion umbras. 
 Ovid. Cerberon abstraxit, rabida qui percitus ira. 
 Idem. Tufore tarn lentum credit Menelaon in armis ? 
 Horat. Laudabunt alii claram Rhodon, aut Mitylenen* « 
 
 But Greek accusatives in ON, of the Attic dialect, having 
 an O (mega) in the original, are long ; as Athon, Androgeon, 
 Peneleon, Demotion. 
 
 Exception III. — Greek accusatives in AN, of the femi- 
 nine gender, are also short ; as Maiun, lfthigeni&n, JEginan, 
 Qrithyian. 
 
 Ovid. Maian et Electram Taygetamque Jovu 
 
 Stat. Namque ferunt raptam patriis Mginan ah undis. 
 
 Ovid. Orithyidn amansfulvis ampiectitur alts. 
 
 Exception IV. — Greek accusatives in IN and YN are 
 likewise short; as Thyrsin, Dafihnin, Parin, Thetin, Ityn. 
 Prop, Thy r sin ei attritis Daphnm arundinibus. 
 Ovid. Tantaqae nox animi est, Ityn hue arcessite, dixit. 
 
50 FINAL SYLLABLES. 
 
 FINAL R. 
 
 R breve. Cur jiroduc, Fur, Far, quibus adjice Ver, Nar, 
 Et Graium quotquot longum dant ERIS, et ^Ether, 
 Aer, Ser, et Iber.— Sit Cor breve. Celtiber ancefis. 
 Par cum comfiositis, et Lar, firoducere vulgo 
 Norma jubet ; sed tu monitus variabis utrumque. 
 
 R final has the preceding vowel for the most part short ; 
 as calcdr, mulier, vir, arbor. 
 
 Ovid. Nil nocet admisso subdere calcdr equo. 
 Horat. Quod si pudica mulier in partem juvans. 
 Virg. Hie vir, hie est, tibi quern promitti septus audis. 
 Ovid. Et mala radices altius arbor agit. 
 
 Exception I.— Cur is long, and also Ndr, far, fur, ver.v 
 
 Ovid. Cur non ipsa venit? cur hac certamina vitat ? 
 Virg. Sulfur ed Ndr albus aqua, fontesque Velini. 
 Ovid. Far erat, et puri lucida mica salis. 
 Mart. Callidus effractd nummosfur auferet area. 
 Virg. Ver adeofrondi nemorum, ver utile sylvis. 
 
 Exception II. — Greek nouns in ER, originally termi- 
 nating in nay and which form their genitive in ERIS long, 
 lengthen the final syllable; as Aer, ather, crater, jirester, 
 Ser; to which add Iber, though its compound Celtiber is 
 common. 
 
 Lucr. Inde mare, inde aer, inde ether ignifer ipse. 
 
 Manil. Crater auratis surgit calatus ab astris. 
 
 Lucan. Si tibi durus Iber, aut si tibi terga dedisset. 
 
 Catul. Nwic Celtiber in Celtiberid terra. 
 
 Mart. Ducit ad auriferas quod me Salo Celtiber oras. 
 
 Par with its compounds, and Lar, are usually accounted 
 long, but it is more consistent with accuracy to call them 
 
 p Cur, according to Vossius, who cites Velius Longus de Oithog. is con- 
 tracted from quur, which is itself a contraction, from quare. — The noun 
 far, if we may judge from its genitive farris, was originally written^flrr — 
 'The Latin fur, according to Aulus Gellius (1, 18,) is derived from the 
 
 Greek p&>g.— And lastly, ver is from the Greek »§ (a contraction from 
 
 gag) with the digamma prefixed. 
 
FINAL SYLLABLES. 51 
 
 common.n — The quantity of Cot* in like manner has been 
 made a subject of dispute. The best opinion is in favour of 
 its being considered short. 
 
 FINAL AS. 
 
 AS firoduc. Breve Anas. Gracorum tenia quartum 
 Corrifiit ; et rectum, fier ADIS si fiatrius exit. 
 
 AS final is for the most part long; as jEneds, Pallas 
 (Pallantis,) fiietds, amds, eras, mas. 
 
 Virg. JEneas ignarus abest : nunquamne levari ? 
 
 Idem. Ante urbem in luco. Pallas huicjilius una. 
 
 Mart. Quam longe eras istud ? ubi est ? aut unde petendum ? 
 
 Exception I. — Anas has the AS short. 
 Petron. Et pictus anas enotata pennis. 
 
 Exception II. — But the AS is short in Greek nouns 
 which form their genitive singular in DOS (or £atin DIS); 
 as Areas, Arcados (or Arcddis) ; Pallas, Pallddos (or Palld* 
 dis) ; &c. 
 
 Mart. Cum quibus Alcides, et plus Areas erat. 
 
 Ovid. Bellica Pallas adest, et protegit <zgide fratrem. 
 
 Exception III. — The AS is also short in Greek accusa- 
 tives plural, of the third declension ; as Herods, lamfiadas } 
 
 delfi hinds. 
 
 Virg. Permistos herods, et ipse videbitur Hits. 
 Tibul. Accendit geminas lampadds acer Amor. 
 Virg. Orpheus in sylvis, inter delphinds Arion. 
 
 q Vide Carey's Latin Prosody, p. 118. 
 
 r Cor, if we consider its derivation, (from «ag> a contraction for xeag) 
 should be accounted long. It is shortened however by Cicero, Tusc. Qusest. 
 3, 26; by Ovid, Trist. 5, 8. Ep. ex Pont. 1, 3, 32. Met. 5, 384; by Mar- 
 tial, 10, 15 ; and by Paulinus, de Cels. Ob. 379. In opposition to all these 
 authorities, the following line has been cited from Ovid, Ep. 15, 79. to prove 
 that he also made the word long; " JMolle meum levibus cor est violabile 
 telis." The difficulty however is removed by adopting the reading recom- 
 mended by Burmann — " Molle mihi, levibusque cor est violabile telis." 
 Or else that which is found in other editions— M Molle meum levibusque 
 cor est violabile telis.' 9 
 
52 FrNAL SYLLABLES 
 
 FINAL ES. 
 
 £S dabitur longis. Breviat sed tertia rectum, 
 Cum fiatrii brevis est crescens penultima. Pes hinc 
 Excifiitur, Paries, Aries, Abiesque, Ceresque. 
 Corrifiito Es de Sum, Penes, et neutralia Graca. 
 His quintum et rectum numeri dent Grccca secundi. 
 
 ES final is for the most part long ; as Sfies, Anchists, Pe- 
 n dopes, Libyes, nodes, dices, fugisses.* 
 
 Ovid. Una tamen spes est, qu<z me soletur in istis. 
 Virg. Suscipit Anchises, atque or dine singula pandit. 
 Sil. Fatali Dido Libyes appellitur orce. 
 Virg. Noctes atque dies patet atrijanua Ditis. 
 Claud. Dices o quoties, hoc mihi dulcius. 
 
 Exception I. — Nouns in ES of the third declension, 
 which increase short in the genitive, have ES in the nomi- 
 native short; as Hosfies, casfies, interfires, firce/ies. 
 
 Ovid. Vivitur ex rapto : non hospes ab hosfiite tutus. 
 Kutil. Exiguus regum rectores Ccespes habebat. 
 Val. Flac. Regius Eois Myraccs interprets ab oris. 
 Virg. Acer, anhelanii similis; quern pr apes ab Ida. 
 
 But Abies, aries, Ceres, and fiaries, are long; as also/i&s, 
 with its compounds, bifies, trifies, cornifies, sonifies, Sec. 1 
 Virg. Populus injiuviis, abies in montibus alt is. 
 
 s Ennius furnishes one instance of the Latin plural ES short — s( Virgint 
 ■'.am sibi quisque domos Romany? rapit sas" Cicero is said to furnish 
 another in the following line — " Obruitur Procyon ; emergunt alites una." 
 Arat. Phten. 472. But Ernesti reads — " Obruitur Procyon ; emergunt 
 alittlapsu E terris volucres" The line from Ovid, Ep. 10, 86. in which 
 tigres is said to occur with a short final quantity, is given by Burmann as 
 ibllows: u Quis scit, an haec scevas tigridas insula habet ? , The common 
 reading is, " Quis scit an hcec s<evas insula tigres habet? Of which lie 
 observes, " Duo sunt quce in hoc versu offendunt. Primo quod Latine 
 haud dicitur, Quis scit an habet ; deinde quod postcriorem in tigres corri. 
 pit"*— Dr. Carey prefers reading tigris, a Greek form; nrtyye being formed 
 by syncope from Tiy^tts, and remaining short. 
 
 t Dr. Carey seems inclined to consider the ES, in every one of these ex- 
 cepted nouns, as in reality short, or common. His reasons for this opinion 
 are these, viz. that abies, aries, paries, sonipes, (supposing them to have 
 the ES short) could not have been introduced into heroic verse -without a 
 license of some kind — that instances of pes and its compounds are found 
 •with the ES short in Ausonius and Prudentius, authorized besides by the 
 testimony of the grammarian Probus, who asserts that they are properly 
 short — and that Ceres also has the final syllable short in the following line 
 of Boethius, Cons. Phil. 3, metr. 1. 
 
 " Ut nova fruge gravis Ceres eat" 
 
FINAL SYLLABLES. 5S 
 
 Idem. Creditur: ipse aries etiam nunc vellera siccat. 
 Mart. Hie farcta premitur angulo Ceres omni. 
 Manil. Desuper Auriga dexter pes imminet astro. 
 Horat. Omnia magnaloquens : modo sit mihi mensa tripes eh 
 Virg. Stat sonipes, acfrtsnaferox spumantia mandit. 
 
 Exception II.— Es y in the present tense of the verb Sum 9 
 is also short, together with its compounds, Potes, abes f ades 5 
 obesy firodes? &c— likewise the preposition penes. 
 Virg. Quisquis es, amissos hincjam obliviscere Graios» 
 Idem. Tu potes unanimos armare in prodia fratres. 
 Ovid. Nunc ades o cczptis^ flava Minerva ?nei$« 
 Idem. Et penes Augustos patriot tutela manebiL 
 
 Exception III. — ES is likewise short in Greek neuters; 
 as Caco'etheS) hififtomanes ; and in Greek nominatives and 
 vocatives plural of the third declension, from nouns which 
 increase in the genitive singular, but which do not form that 
 case in EOS ; as Tritones, Arcades, Troes, Amazones^ 
 Troades, JEneades, Italides, Nereides* 
 
 Juv. Scribendi cacoethes, et csgro in corde senescit* 
 Stat. Armigeri Tritones eu?it, scopulosaque cete. 
 Virg. Ambofiorentes xtatibus, Arcades ambo. 
 Idem. Pulsanty et pictis bellantur Amazongs armis* 
 Stat. Vos quoque c<sruleum y diva Nereides, agmen. 
 
 But nominatives and vocatives plural in ES, of Greek 
 nouns forming the genitive singular in EOS, are long; as^ 
 
 Hareses, crises^ phrases, metamorfihosls, &c.^ 
 
 u Yossius maintains that Es (thou eate&t) is long, being a contraction- 
 from edis. Carey insists that no such contraction could possibly have taken 
 place, since if it had been effected by a syncope, of the J)i. the E would 
 still remain short, as in the original word ; or if only the I was at first struck 
 out, leaving Ed's to be afterwards softened into E , s i m that case the third 
 person, syncopated in the same manner* would be Ed't* E't, not Est: and 
 even then it would be difficult to say how the imperative Es+ found in 
 Plautus, Mil. 3, 1, 82. could be formed from Ede or-from Edito. He sup- 
 poses, on the contrary, that Es, (thou art,) and Es y (thou eatest,) were 
 originally the same word, and that when the Romans employed the phrase 
 " Est panem" \Yiey spoke elliptically, viz, «'-He exists by means o/bread '* 
 the accusative being governed by a preposition understood, as in " Graminc, 
 pastus," v4Jn. 2. 471.— This is certainly a very ingenious hypothesis, but at 
 the same time rather far-fetched.— Vcssius has the authority of Servius m 
 his favour, <&n. 4, 66. and 5, 683.— If Carey's opinion bq adopted, Es (thotn 
 eatest) must of course be short. 
 
 v Because answering to the termination s<? in Greeks ss ftigtrg/?, *^- 
 
 B-2 
 
t>4 Final syllables, 
 
 FINAL IS AND YS. 
 
 Corrifiies IS et YS. Plurales excifie casus. 
 Gils, Sis, Vis verbutn ac nomen, Nolisgrwe, VeHsque^ 
 Audis cum sociis, quorum ct genitivus in INIS, 
 ENTISw, aut ITIS longum, firoducito semfier* 
 RIS conjunctivum mos est variare fioetis. 
 
 IS and YS* final are for the most part short ; as Dulci$ t 
 lafiis, bis, amabiss bibis, Thetis, Tethys, Itys, Cafiys. 
 
 Horat. Dulcis inexpertis cultura potentis amid. 
 Tibul. Fac, lapis his scriptus stet super ossa notis. 
 Luc. Ante bis exactum quam Cynthia conderet orbem, 
 Mart. Et bibis immundam, cum cane, pronus aquam. 
 Ovid. Tethys et extremo sape recepta loco est. 
 Virg. At Capys, et quorum melior sententia menti. 
 
 Exception I. — Ail plural cases ending in IS have that 
 syllable long ; as Musis, dominis, viris, nobis, vobis, quis 
 (or quels) for quibus ; Omnis, urbis, flartis, for Omneis y 
 urbeis, fiarteis, (i. e. omnes, urbes, fiartes.) 
 
 Mart. Carmina quod scribis, Musis et Apolline 7iullo. 
 Virg. Attulit ipse viris optatum casus honorem. 
 Mart. Inducenda rota est : das nobis utile munus. 
 Virg. Quis ante ora patrum, Troj<e sub mo&nibus altis.. 
 Idem. Non omnis arbustajuvant humilesque myricx. 
 Idem. Adde tot egregias urbis operumque laborem. 
 
 Exception II. — Fis, audis, and the termination IS in the 
 second person singular of all other verbs of the fourth con- 
 jugiaton — Gils, vis whether noun or verb — Veils and sis,? 
 with their compounds, as quamvu, nolis, malls, adsis, fios- 
 Sis z — and Gratis (formed by cras:3 from gratiis) — have the 
 IS long. 
 
 x YS final in Latin, corresponds to the final vs in Greek, which is for 
 the most part short. 
 
 y If we adopt the principle of contraction, as contended for by Vossius 
 Jind Busby, and which has been already frequently alluded to, we may 
 pronounce /is, and the termination IS in the second person singular of 
 verbs of the fourth conjugation, contracted forms. — With regard to the 
 notui p-lis, it obtains its long quantity by derivation ; coming, according to 
 Vossius, from yitetosy an old «^fiolic form for iXuog. — The noun vis, in 
 •ike manner, is from the Greek *?> which is long, with the digamma pre- 
 Ixed. — Sis is formed by crasis from sies. The old forms, siem, siet, occur 
 i Plautus, Amph. Prol. 57. and Asin. 2. 2. 81, 
 
 2, \tk JuvenaK 5 3 10. some read posHs with a short quantity. Ruperti 
 
PINAL SYLLABLES. 55 
 
 Horat. Lenior et meliorfis, accedente senecta ? 
 Mart. Nescisi heu J nescis doming /as tidia Rome. 
 Idem. Hac tibi si vis est, si mentis tanta fiotestas . 
 Idem. Bellus homo, et magnus, -vis idem, Cotta, videri* 
 Idem. Esse -veils, oro, serus conviva Tonantis. 
 Horat. Cum sis, et firav* sectum stomacheris ob unguem*< 
 Prop. Quamvis ille sua lassus requiescat avena. 
 Virg. Adsls o Tegectefavens: olegque Minerva, 
 Phaedr. Gratis anhelans, multa agendo nil agens* 
 
 Exception III. — IS final is long in those nouns which 
 form their genitives in ENTIS, INIS, or ITIS, with the 
 pen ultima long ; as Simois, Salamis, Samnis, lis. 
 
 Ovid. Hac ibat Simois ; h<zc est Sige'ia tellus. 
 Lucil. Samnis in ludo ac rudibus cuivis satis asfier. 
 Horat. Grammatici certant> et adhuc sub judice lis est. 
 
 Exception IV. — RIS, in the preterite and future of the 
 subjunctive, is common. (See page 33.) 
 
 Exception V. — YS final is long in such contracted plu- 
 rals as Erinnys for Erinnyes, or Erinnyas. The following 
 line of Seneca (CEdip. 644.) shows the use of the word, al- 
 though it cannot be made any proof of the quantity :— 
 Et mecum Erinnys fironubas thalami traham. 
 
 FINAL OS. 
 
 Vult OS firoduci. Compos breviatur, et Impos, 
 Osque ossis : Graium neutralia jungito, ut Argos; 
 Et quot in OS Lati<z fiectuntur more secundx, 
 Scrifita fier O (parvum) : fiatrios quibus adde Pelasgas, 
 
 OS final is for the most part long; as Dominos, viros, 
 fiueros, labos, custds, 6s (oris,) Minos, Mhos, herds, Andro- 
 geos. 
 
 Virg. Inter se coiisse viros, et cernereferro. 
 Prop. Differat in fiueros ista trofiaa suos. 
 
 however condemns this reading, and substitutes possit. So in Ovid, Ep. 12, 
 71. nescis is said to occur with the final syllable short, but erroneously. It 
 appeal's neither in the edition of Heinsius, nor in that of Burmann. " The 
 latter merely mentions it in a note, as a reading which is in direct violation 
 of the metre, 
 
56 FINAL SYLLABLES. 
 
 Avien. Labos et olim conditorum diligens* 
 Idem. Rariu8 in terras 6$ inclinabat honestum. 
 Pccron. Hie, quern cernis, Athbs, i?nmissis fiervius undis. 
 Virg» Androgeos offert nobis, socia agmina credens. 
 
 Exception I. — OS is short in Compos, impos,os (a bone), 
 and its compound exos. 
 
 Ovid. Insequere, et voti postmodo compos eris. 
 Seren. JVecnon e stagnis cessantibus exos hirudo. 
 
 Exception II. — OS is likewise short in Greek words 
 written with an O {micron); as Ilios, Tyros, Argos, Palla- 
 dos, Tethyos. 
 
 Ovid. Turrit cum tristis erat, defensa est Ilios armis. 
 
 Luc. Et Tyros instabilis, pretiosaque murice Sidon* 
 
 Ovid. C&rula quot baccas Pallados arbor habet. 
 
 Claud. Tethyos alternee rejiuas catcavit arenas. 
 
 FINAL US. 
 
 US breve fionatur. Produc monosyllaba, quceque 
 Casibus increscunt longis ; et nomina quarts 
 Exceptis numeri recto quintoque prioris. 
 Producas conjiata a Ilov$ } contractaque Graca 
 In recto ac patrio, ec -venerandum nomen IESUS. 
 
 US final is for the most part short ; as Taurus, pectus, 
 bonus, omnibus, amamus, intus ; together with the nomina- 
 tive and vocative singular, and dative and ablative plural, of 
 the fourth declension ; as manus,fructus, domus, fior tubus. 
 
 Ovid. Tempore ruricola fiaiiens Jit taurus aratri. 
 
 Idem. Et gelidum subito frigore pectus erat. 
 
 Idem. Tu bonus hortator, tu duxque comesque fuisti. 
 
 Prop. Hie mdnus heroum placitis ut constitit oris. 
 
 Virg. patria ! o divum domus Ilium, et inclyta bello. 
 
 Ovid. Portubus exierant, et moverat aura rudentes. 
 
 Exception I.— Monosyllables in US are long; as Jus^ 
 pus, plus, thus. 
 
 Pedo. Sed rigidum jus est et inevitabile mortis. 
 Horat. Proscripti Regis Rupili pus atque venenum. 
 Mart. Emi hortos ; plus est: instrue tu; minus est» 
 Horat. AnguLu&iUeferet piper et thus ocyus uvq. 
 
SINAL SYLLABLES. 5? 
 
 Exception II. — US is long in nouns which increase in 
 the genitive with the penultima lone:; as Virtus, virtutis/ 
 tellus, telluris; servitus, servitutis ; fialus, fialudis.* 
 
 Horat Virtus indigno non commit tenda fioet<e. 
 
 Pris. Divitias magnas hie tellus ifisa ministrat. 
 
 Phaedr. Brevi docebo. Servitus obnoxia, 
 
 Virg. Coajti) tarddque palus inamabilis unda. 
 
 Exception III. — US is also long in the genitive singular, 
 and the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural, of the 
 fourth declension; as, gen. sing. Manus ; nom. ace. and 
 voc. plur. manus. b 
 
 Pedo. Scilicet immunis si luctus unafui&eet. 
 
 Ovid. Sint vultus hilares, simque quod ante Jut. 
 
 Sil. Partus aquoreis sueta insignire tropais. 
 
 Exception IV. — US is likewise long in the compounds 
 of Jlovi (forming the genitive in PODIS or PODOS), as 
 Triples, (Edi/iusyflolyflus; and also in all such Greek words 
 as are written in the original with the diphthong: OTZ, of 
 whatever case they may be ; as, nominative, Panthus, j$m,a° 
 thus, Pessinus ; genitive, Safifihiis, Didus, Clius. 
 
 Sen. Hie (Edifius JEgea tranabitfreta. 
 Virg. Panthus Othryades^ arcis Phczbique saeerdos. 
 Idem. Est Amathiis, est celsa mihi Pa/ihos, atque Cyt/icra, 
 Varro. JDidus atque suum misceri sanguine sanguen. 
 
 The sacred name IESUS (in Greek IHSOT2) is included 
 in this exception, and has the US long. 
 
 a Horace, A. P. 65. furnishes a solitary instance of palua with the final 
 syllable short. Bentley proposes a different reading. The line however 
 is retained unaltered by Gesner, who considers it an instance of poetic li- 
 cense. Both Servius and Priscian allude to this line of Horace, and refer 
 to a similar license, in the word telliis, by MartianusCapella, and in senecius, 
 by Cornelius G alius. 
 
 b The genitive singular, and nominative, accusative, and vocative plural, 
 of the fourth declension, are contracted forms. The old genitive of this 
 declension ended in uis, as fructuis, mamas, Sec. contracted into fructCis, 
 tna?ius. So in the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural, frzictne^ 
 fruct&s; mannes, mantis, &c. 
 
( 58 ) 
 SECT. XXII. 
 
 FINAL SYLLABLE OF A VERSE. 
 
 SyTlaba cujusvis erit ultima carminis ancefis. 
 
 THE final syllable of every verse (except the Anapaestic 
 and the Ionic a minore) may be either long or short, at the 
 option of the poet ; that is, a long syllable may be used to 
 close a verse, though the measure require one that is short, 
 and a short syllable may be used though the measure require 
 one that is long. Thus, in the first of the following lines, 
 the long syllable RjE is made to stand in place of a short, 
 and in the second, the short syllable QUE stands in lieu of 
 a lonrg. c 
 
 Horat. Jam satis tcrris nivis atque rfiRjE. 
 
 Virg. JVesae, Sfiioque, Thaliaque^ CymodoceQUE. 
 
 c There are two opinions respecting the final syllable of a verse, one, that 
 it is common, the other, that it is necessarily long on account of the pause 
 or suspension of the voice, which usually follows it in pronunciation. I have 
 given the former in the text, as being the one most generally followed. 
 The principle on which it depends, is not that the syllable in question un- 
 dergoes any actual change of quantity, but simply that by reason of its posi- 
 tion at the end of the line, and the interruption which the metre there sus- 
 tains, the same strictness is not required as in other syllables differently 
 situated; and the real quantity of the syllable becomes so comparatively 
 unimportant, that the poet hi<s the license, of which we are treating, allowed 
 him. The remarks of Hermann (Elem. Doctr. Metr. 1, 9 ) are fully to the 
 point. " Quum in numeris tempora omnia certa esse ac definita debeanfr, 
 *' facile intelligitur, in numeris ipsis nihil usquam posse anceps esse ; itaque 
 " si quae inveniuntur ancipites syllable, i. e. qux breves sint quum long» 
 " esse debeant, vel long* quum debeant breves esse, eas, quod ad numerum 
 u attinet, pro talibus numerari, quales debeant esse, etsi non sint tales. Id 
 u autem nemo non videt sic tantum fieri posse, si qui sint in numeris loci 
 " in quibus pravitas ista mensural nihil aut parum oftensionis habeat. Hujus- 
 € * modi loci duo sunt. Unus est in Anacrusi ex una brevi sjllaba, Alter est 
 *' in fine ordinis^ ubi quoniara nihil sequitur, quod terminum ponat certum, 
 M ac potius pausa» qusedam succedit, pariter delitescit mensuras pravitas. 
 *' Unde vel brevis syllaba long» locum tenere potest, vel longa pro brevi 
 &4 esse "-—For the opposite doctrine, see Clarke's note on Iliad, A. Sh 
 
( 59 ) 
 SECT. XXIII. 
 
 REMARKS ON THE QUANTITY OF THE PENULT OF WORDS. 
 
 1. PATRONYMICS in IDES or ADES usually shorten 
 the penult ; as Priamides, Atlantiddes, Sec. Unless they 
 come from nouns in eus ; as Pelides, Tydldes, 8cc. d 
 
 2. Patronymics and similar words in AIS, EIS, ITIS, 
 OIS, OTIS, INE, and ONE, commonly lengthen the pe- 
 nult ; as Achats, Ptolemdis, Chryseis, JEneis, Memphitis, 
 Latois, Icariotis* Nerine, Arisione. Except Thebaic -and 
 Phocais; and Nereis, which is common. 
 
 S. Adjectives in ACUS, ICUS, IDUS, and IMUS, for 
 the most part shorten the penult ; as JEgyptiacus, academi- 
 cus, lepzdus, legiiimus ; also superlatives, asfortissimus, &c. 
 Except opticus, amicus, apricus, pudicus, mendicus, posti- 
 cus, fidus, infidus, (but perftdus, of per and fides, is short,) 
 bimus, quadrimus, patrimus, matrimus, opimus; and two 
 superlatives, imus, primus. 
 
 4. Adjectives in EMUS have the penult long ; as pos- 
 tremus. 
 
 5. Adjectives in ALIS, ANUS, ARUS, IRUS, IVUS, 
 ORUS, OSUS, UDUS, URUS, and UTUS, lengthen the 
 
 d In a paper on u Greek patronymics" published in the European Ma* 
 gazine for August, 1817, Dr. Carey, in remarking on the patronymics 
 ATge/tf«?, IT/fAs/^»?, &c. and their corresponding Latin forms, (which he 
 writes with EI instead of the long I alone, as) Atreides, Peleides, observes, 
 ** I conceive, that wherever, in Greek or Latin poetry, we find one of those 
 patronymics in such a position as to allow the alternative of one long syllable 
 or two short, we are, if not bound, at least authorized, to pronounce the EI 
 ,as two distinct syllables; thus producing, in each of the following instances, 
 a dactyl, instead of the spondee, which is produced by the ordinary mode 
 of pronunciation; ex.gr. 
 
 Atreidas, Priamumque, et scevuzn ambobus Achillem, 
 Thus also, instead of spondaic lines in the following instances, (Iliad, B. 9. 
 and P. 191.) 
 
 Ea0O)V us KXiPinv AydLfULt/mvovoe Ar^iia,o 
 
 Ot 3-gGTi &0-TV figOV KKWTA TiV%S& I\»KUi&0 
 
 we should have verbs of the regular form, with the dactyl in the fifth place: 
 and the same remark applies to HnKUcoy&y which often occurs in the 
 Iliad, and to various other patronymics, which it is not here necessary to 
 enumerate." 
 
60 ON THE QUANTITY OF THE PENULT OF WORDS. 
 
 
 penult ; as dotdlis, urbanus, avarus, deliriis, (zstivus, deed- 
 rus, formosuSy ftercrudus, edurus, astutus. Except barba- 
 rus, ofiifiarus. 
 
 6. Adjectives in ILIS, if derived from verbs, shorten the 
 penult ; as agiliSyfacilis, habilis, Sec. But derivatives from 
 nouns usually lengthen it; as anllis y civilis> herilis, Sec. To 
 these add exilis, subtilis ; and names of months, as Jfirilis, 
 Quinctilis, SextUis : except humiliS) fiarilis, and also simi- 
 lis. But all adjectives in ATILIS are short ; as versatility 
 volatiliS) umbratiliay Sec. 
 
 7. Adjectives in INUS, derived from inanimate things, as 
 plants, trees, stones, Sec. also from adverbs of time, or from 
 substantives denoting the four seasons of the year, shorten 
 the penult ; as amaracznus, crocinus, hyacinthinus ; cedri- 
 nus, fagi?ius, oleagznus ; adamantinus, crystallinus, sma- 
 ragdznus ; crastznus, diutznus^ serotinus ; earinus, ofiorl- 
 nus, chimerinus, therinus ; also annotinus, hornotznus. To 
 which add bombycinus, eleflhanfinuSj which seem to refer 
 rather to the silk and ivory, than to the animals themselves^ 
 
 8. Adjectives in INUS, derived from living things, also 
 numeral distributives, proper names, and gentile nouns, 
 lengthen the penult; as agnznus, caninus^ lefiorlnus ; blnus^ 
 trinuS) quinus ; Albznus, Cratinus, Justinus ; Alexandria 
 nus* Latinus, Fenusinus, Sec. To which add adjectives of 
 place ; as collinus^ marinus, viclnus ; and those derived 
 from nouns denoting time ; as matutinus^ vesfiertinus ; to- 
 gether with all other adjectives in INUS not included in 
 the preceding rule ; as festinus y libertznusy inofiznusy fiere- 
 grinusy sufiinus. Sec. 
 
 9. Diminutives in OLUS, OLA, OLUM, and ULUS, 
 ULA, ULUM, always shorten the penult; as urceolusy 
 
 JMoldy musaolum ; lectulusy ratiuncula> corculum, Sec. 
 
 10. Adverbs in TIM, lengthen the penult; as ofifiiddtim, 
 viritimy tributim. Except affatim, fierfietimy and statirn? 
 
 11. Desideratives in URIO shorten the antepenultima* 
 which in the second or third person is the penult ; as esurio, 
 esuris y esurit. But other verbs in URIO lengthen that 
 syllable ; as ligurio, liguris ; scaturio, scaturis. 
 
 e But stdtim 9 signifying, " on the spot" ^steadily" " constantly" has 
 the penult long. It occurs in Plautus, Araph. 1, 1, 84. lb. 120. and ia 
 Terence, Phorra. 5, 3, 7. It is said to be derived, in common with st&tim, 
 from the same verb, Sto, See page 12. note a, 
 
( 61 ) 
 
 SECT. XXIV. 
 
 OF FEET* 
 
 A Foot is a combination of two or more syllables/ with 
 due regard to their times or quantities. 
 
 Feet in metre are so called, because, by their aid, the 
 voice, as it w«re> moves along through the verse, in a mea- 
 sured pace. 
 
 Feet are divided into simple and compound. Of the 
 simple feet, four are of two, and eight of three syllables. 
 The compound feet are sixteen in number, and contain each 
 four syllables. 
 
 SIMPLE FEET OF TWO SYLLABLES. 
 
 1. The Spondee^ Sfiondaus, consists of two long syllables^ 
 as omnes ; and derives its name from ottovJv?, libatio, from 
 its being particularly used in the measure employed at sa- 
 crifices, on account of its majestic gravity. 
 
 2. The Pyrrhic, Pyrrichius, consists of two short syllables* 
 as Beus ; and is so called, according to Hesychius, from 
 the Hvfax* HXWK) or Pyrrhic dance, in the measure adapted 
 to which, this foot was predominant, 
 
 3. The Trochee, Trochaus, consists of one long and one 
 short syllable, as servdt ; and takes its name from the verb 
 *PX uv i currere, because it moves quickly. But Cicero 9 
 Quintilian, and Terentianus, call it Chor&us, from the word 
 chorus, because it is well adapted to dancing and music. 
 
 4. The Iambus, Iambus, consists of one short and one long 
 syllable, as fitos ; and is so denominated from the verb 
 laTrreiv, maledicere, this foot having been at first peculiarly 
 appropriated to satyrical compositions 
 
 i. '■. ■ r II — ■ l « ■ ■ ■ ■■ III ■ II ■ J , i j. i ..,,-. , ,-,: i ■ „ , i . 
 
 f Not «more than three according to Quintilian, 9, 4. There can in 
 Strictness be no feet of four syllables, since no word over three syllables can 
 be found which is not formed by the union of simple feet. 
 
 g According to some, the name is derived from titfx€t£eiv, maledicere* 
 but this is rather a derivation itself from tctfA.Go$, According to others, it 
 comes from l&pGn, a young female, who having been severely attacked 
 in some satyrical verses, put an end to her existeuce: and on this account 
 they suppose that the Iambus consists of a short and a longy quod H »&*.? 
 e pavvo orta principio y in raagnura malum detinat? 9 
 
 F 
 
62 O* FEkf 
 
 SIMPLE FEET OF THREE SYLLABLES. 
 
 1. The Molossus, Molossus, consists of three long syl- 
 lables, as delect ant ; and takes its name from the Molossi, a 
 people of Epirus, with whom it was a favourite foot. 
 
 2. The Tribrac, Tribrdchys, consists of three short syl- 
 lables, as melius ; whence its name is derived, being com- 
 posed of t£h?, tresj and fy<x>x v $) brevis. But Quintilian ge- 
 nerally calls it Troch<zus. h 
 
 3. The Dactyl, Dactylus^ consists of one long and two 
 short syllables, as carmind; and derives its name from $x*- 
 Tt'Xos, digiiu*, the comparative length of its three syllables 
 resembling that of the three joints which compose the finger, 
 the first being longer than either of the other two. Cicero 
 calls this foot Herons, from its being particularly made use 
 of in relating the exploits of heroes. 
 
 4. The Anapaest, Anafi&stus, consists of two short syl- 
 lables and one long, as dnimbs ; and is thus denominated 
 from the verb oefwitmnt*^ rejiercutere, because those who 
 danced according to the cadence of this foot, used to beat 
 the ground in a manner directly contrary to that which was 
 observed in the Dactyl. 
 
 5. The Bacchic, Bacchius? consists of one short syllable 
 «nd two long, as dolores ; and is so called from its having 
 been frequently used in the hymns of Bacchus. 
 
 6. The Antibacchic, Antibacchius, consists of two long 
 syllables and one short, as fielluntur ; and takes its name 
 from its opposition to the Bacchic. 
 
 7. The Amphimacer or Cretic, Amfihimdcer sive Crcticus % 
 is composed of one short syllable between two long, as cds» 
 titds* Both these names are mentioned in Quintilian, who 
 makes the latter the more usual one. The first comes from 
 oifjiQi, utrinque, and /*axfo?, longus ; and the latter is owing 
 to the circumstance of its having been a favourite foot with 
 the people of Crete» 
 
 h The Troehseus and the Tribrac, are in fact tro^govoh or interchange- 
 able in metre, the long syllable of the former being equal in time to the 
 lirst and second syllables of the latter, taken together. 
 
 i Terentianus Maurus reverses the names of the Bacchic and Anti- 
 bacchic. The common distinction however has the authority of QuintiJia?» 
 (9, 4.) in its tarour; 
 
OF FEET. 63 
 
 8. The Amphibrac, Amphibrachys, consists of one long 
 syllable between two short, as amcire ; and is so called from 
 */*$*, utrinqiie, and ^*x v h brevis. 
 
 COMPOUND FEET. 
 
 1. The double Spondee, Disfiondzus, is composed of four 
 long syllables, as infinitisj that is, of two Spondees put to- 
 gether. 
 
 2. The FroceleusmztiCy Proceleu3?naticus, consists of two 
 Pyrrhics, that is, of four short syllables, as hominibus. It is 
 said to have taken its name from tuXeua-fx», " h or t amentum 
 quod remigibus datur" being well adapted by its celerity to 
 sudden and unexpected occasions. 
 
 3. The double Iambus, Di'iambus, consists of two Iam- 
 buses, as severitds. 
 
 4. The double Trochee or double Choree, Ditrochizm 
 sive Dichortfus, consists of two Trochees, as fiermanere* 
 
 5. The greater Ionic, Ionicus major^ sive a majore, consists 
 of a Spondee and a Pyrrhic, that is, of two long and two 
 short syllables, as calcaribus. 
 
 6. The smaller Ionic, Ionicus minor, sive a minore, consists 
 of a Pyrrhic and a Spondee, that is, of two short and two 
 :ong syllables, as firofierdbdnt. 
 
 These two feet are called Ionic, from their having been 
 used chiefly by the Ionians. One is called Ionicus major y 
 sive a majore, because it begins with the greater quar-tity, 
 that is, with two long syllables : and the other is termed 
 Ionicus minor, sive a minore, because it begins with the 
 less quantity, that is, with two short syllables k 
 
 7. The Choriambus, Choriambus, consists of a Choree, or 
 Trochee, and an Iambus, that is, of two short syllables be- 
 tween two long, as ndbilitds. 
 
 8. The Antispast, Antisfiastus* consists of an Iambus and 
 a Trochee, that is, of two long syllables between two short, 
 as secunddre. It derives its name trom the verb avno-Tcw&a, 
 in contrariam trahi, because it passes from a short to a long, 
 and then, reversing the order, from a long to a short. 
 
 V Marius Yictorinus reverses the names of these two feet. 
 
84 OF FEET. 
 
 9. The first Epitrit, Efiitritus primus, is composed of an 
 Iambus and a Spondee, and consists of one short syllable and 
 three long, as sdliitdntes. 
 
 30. The second Epitrit, Efiitritus secundus, is composed 
 of a Trochee and a Spondee, and consists of a long, a short, 
 and then two long syllables, as concVdti. 
 
 1 1 . The third Epitrit, Efiitritus tertius, is composed of a 
 Spondee and an Iambus, and consists of two long syllables* 
 followed by a short and a long, as communicant, 
 
 12. The fourth Epitrit, Efiitritus quartus, is composed of 
 * Spondee and a Trochee, and consists of three long syllables 
 m& one short, as incantare. 
 
 These four last feet derive their name from the word 
 jEViTghros, which denotes a proportion, containing some cer- 
 tain number together with a third part thereof. This third 
 part in the present instance is the additional short syllable 
 which is joined to the three long, and from its relative 
 position in each, the feet are styled first, second, third, and 
 fourth Epitrits. 1 
 
 13. The first Paeon, Paon firimus, is composed of a 
 Trochee and a Pyrrhic, and consists of one long syllable 
 and three short, as conficere. 
 
 14. The second Paeon, Pawn secundus, is composed of an 
 Iambus and a Pyrrhic, and consists of a short and a long, 
 and then two short syllables, as resolvere. 
 
 15. The third Paeon, Paon tertius^ is composed of a 
 Pyrrhic and a Trochee, and consists of two short syllables ? 
 followed by a long and a short, as sociare. 
 
 16. The fourth Paeon, Pa on quartus^ is composed of a 
 Pyrrhic and an Iambus, and consists of three short syllables 
 and one long, as celeritds. 
 
 The Paeon may also be called Paean, these words differ- 
 ing only in dialect. The foot was so denominated, from its 
 having been particularly used in the Hymns to Apollo. — 
 The Paeon is directly opposed to the Epitrit. In the lat- 
 ter, there is one short with three long — in the former, one 
 long with three short. — The first, second, third, and fourth 
 Paeons, are so named from the relative situation of the 
 long syllable in each. 
 
 1 The second Epitrit was also culled Kag/ito?, the third 'Pc&c?* and tflfc 
 iburth MoyoyiViHi aceording to Hephsestion. 
 
OF FEET. 65 
 
 To the list of compound feet, are sometimes added the 
 two following :— 
 
 The Dochmius, m composed of an Iambus and Amphima- 
 cer, and consisting of five syllables, viz. a short, two long, a 
 short and a long, as db err aver ant* 
 
 The Mesomacer, D composed of a Pyrrhic and a Dactyl, 
 and containing also five syllables, viz. two short, a long, and 
 two short, as firohibebimus. 
 
 The following Table exhibits the Feet, both simfile and 
 comfiound, in the order in which they have just been 
 described. 
 
 SIMPLE FEET OF TWO SYLLABLES. 
 
 5 1. Spondee . . . • - -, 
 
 £2. Pyrrhic .... * «*> 
 
 $ 3. Trochee or Choree . - * 
 
 5 4. Iambus . . . • * <« 
 
 SIMPLE FEET OF THREE SYLLABLES. 
 
 5 1. Molossus 
 £ 2. Tribrac 
 
 5 3. Dactyl 
 
 I 4. Anapaest 
 
 ] 5. Bacchic 
 I 6. Antibacchic 
 
 ^ 7. Amphimacer or C re tic * 
 
 >8. Amphibrac 
 
 m The Dochmius is derived from ioyptioc? obliquus. It is sometime^ 
 hough incorrectly, termed Dochimus. Vide Cic, Orat. 64. ed. Ernesti, in 
 :iotis. 
 
 n From pitrQS* medius t and /ua&^o;, longus 9 the name being derived 
 from the position of the long syllable, in the middle, between two short on 
 each side. 
 
 o With regard to feet in general, the student will do well to remember, 
 what has been already briefly alluded to in a preceding note, that, correctly 
 speaking, the only real feet are the twelve simple ones, and that the oU-S^ 
 are more properly measures, or combinations of the simple fcet= 
 
 K 9 
 
66 OF FEET. 
 
 COMPOUND FEET. 
 FOUR OF THE SAME FOOT DOUBLED» 
 
 s 1 . Double Spondee • . ~ - - « 
 
 1 2. Proceleusmatic . . * » * . 
 
 S 3. Double Trochee . . - * _ , 
 
 £ 4. Double Iambus . . «."..'«', 
 
 FOUR OF CONTRARY FEET. 
 
 Q 1. Greater Ionic , . - - - < 
 
 £ 2. Smaller Ionic . . „*....> 
 
 5 3. Choriambus . . . w « . 
 
 £ 4, Antispast. . . * . _ „ 
 
 FOUR FEET, IN WHICH LONG TIMES EXCEED. 
 
 S 1. First Epitrit . . - - - ■ 
 
 £ 2. Second Epitrit . . - - - « 
 
 5 3. Third Epitrit . . - - - . 
 
 ^ 4. Fourth Epitrit . . - - - 
 
 FOUR FEET, IN WHICH SHORT TIMES EXCEED. 
 
 $ 1. First Paeon . . - * «. 
 
 I 2. Second Paeon . . » > ■■ < ^ 
 
 (3 Third Paeon . . r;' ;'i 
 
 1 4. Fourth Paeon . . * ^ w , 
 
 fWO OTHER COMPOUND FEET, OF FIVE SYLLABLES, 
 
 1. Dochmius . « * - • * ■ 
 
 £. Mesornacer • « v v . ^ 
 
( » ) 
 SECT. XXV. 
 
 FIGURES OF PROSODY. 
 1. CAESURA. 
 
 Part 1. 
 
 THE term Caesura is used in two different senses by pro- 
 sodians ; first, with reference to whole verses ; and secondly^ 
 as regards single feet. 
 
 In the former acceptation, it means the division of a verse 
 into two portions or members, affording a short pause or 
 rest for the voice, in some convenient part, where that pause 
 may take place without injury to the sense, or the harmony 
 of the line ; as, 
 
 Virg. Tant£ molis erat || Romunam cvndere gentem. 
 
 Idem. Errabant actifatis \\ maria omnia circum. 
 
 In this sense however, it is usually, for distinction sake, 
 styled the ccssural fiause, and is chiefly connected with the 
 consideration of Hexameter verse. It will be treated of 
 more at large under that head. 
 
 In its application to single feet, the Caesura means the 
 division or separation which takes place in a foot, on account 
 of the syllables which compose that foot, belonging to differ- 
 ent words ; as, 
 
 Virg. Pasto\res ovi\um tene\ros de\fielhre\foe,tus> 
 
 In this verse, the Caesura, in its second acceptation, occurs 
 three times, viz. in the second foot, between res and ovi — in 
 the third, between urn and tene — and in the fourth, between 
 ros and deP 
 
 There are three kinds of Caesura, the syllabic, the tro- 
 chaic, and the monosyllabic. 
 
 The Syllabic Caesura is that, in which the first part of the 
 divided foot consists of the last syllable of a word ; as, 
 Virg. Silves\iYcm tenu\i #2w|sam medi\taris a\vena* 
 
 p The term caesura, is derived from ccedo, to cut off. — Some give the 
 name to the final long syllable which remains after the completion of a pre- 
 ceding foot, as res, um, and ros, in the line given above. The best proso- 
 dians however consider it more accurate to confine the term to the separa- 
 tion or division which takes place in a foot, and to call the residuary long 
 syllable^ simply a long syllable^ cr a Qemifoot, 
 
6S FIGURES OF PROSODT. 
 
 The syllabic Caesura may take place in a heroic verse, at 
 the triemimeris, penthemimeris, hephthemimeris, and some- 
 times at the ennehemimeris ;<i as, 
 
 3 5 7 
 
 Virg. Si cani\mus s?//|vas, syl\\& sint | consule | dign<z< 
 
 3 6 7 9 
 
 Idem. Me /a[tus nive\xim mol\\i ful\\.\is hya\cintho. 
 
 The Trochaic Caesura is that, in which the first part of the 
 divided foot consists either of a long and short syllable re- 
 maining at the end of a word, or of an entire word, comprised 
 of one long and one short syllable ; as, 
 
 Virg. .For/w|natus et | ille, de\os qui | novit a\grestes. 
 
 The trochaic Caesura may take place in either of the first 
 five feet of a verse ; as, 
 
 Virg. A rma /2 ro | cw/ cwr|rusque vi\rum 9ra/|ratur i\nanes. 
 Idem. Talia | voce re\fert, o j terque ?z/a|terque be\ati. 
 
 Two successive trochees however, in the second and third 
 feet, must be avoided, since they give the verse a flippant 
 and undignified air ; as, 
 
 Ennius. Ergo ma|gisque majglsque vi\ri nunc \ gloria \ 
 claret. 
 
 Propert. Et gravilbva, rejpendu in\iquis | pensa qua\$illis. 
 
 In the third and fourth, they are nearly as disagreeable £ 
 Ennius. Prude n\tem y <7w/jmuita /ojquive ta\cereve\ posset, 
 
 q These terms owe their origin to ihe practice generally adopted by the 
 old grammarians, of measuring lines by half feet. Thus the triemimeris is 
 that portion of a verse (counted or measure*} from the beginning of a line) 
 which contains three half parts, i. e. three half feet, or a foot and a half— 
 the penthemimeris^ five half feet, or two feet and a half—the hephthemi- 
 meris, seven half feet, or three feet and a half— the ennekemimeris y nine 
 half feet, or four feet and a half. The terra triemimeris, is derived from. 
 <?gu;, tres, nfttiroc* dimidius, and /uigtc, pars. The derivation of the 
 rest is similar, the numerals srsvrfj «sr-rct, and cvys&» being merely substU 
 tuted in succession, in place of vptc. 
 
 v In Homer however, we have two remarkable instances of the use of 
 successive trochees in producing a beautiful onomatopoeia. 
 
 UOWOL £' fltV-jfltV?*; KetT]etVTAy ?r&p\&VT& Ti> j ^O^JAttL | T 5 HXSoY* 
 
 11.4,116. 
 Avt/c t^luTet w«yw« uv{hivfiro \ x&sts At\aiSns. Od. A, 597> 
 
 The following striking passage also may be cited from Virgil, JEn. 1, 85, 
 Una jEv[rusque JVskusque ru\unt crejberque pro\ce!iis. 
 
FIGURES OF PROSODY. 6& 
 
 But two successive trochees may agreeably occur in the 
 first and second feet ; as, 
 
 Virg. Mre cz'jere vi\ros, Mar\temque ac\cendere\cantu. 
 
 Or in the fourth and fifth ; as, 
 
 Virg. Et ghu\cas saii[ces azsz|amque crojcumque ru\ 
 bentem* 
 
 The Monosyllabic Caesura is that, in which the first syllable 
 ©f the divided foot is a monosyllable; as, 
 
 Virg. Hie vir hie \ est tibi j quern firo\mitti | safiius | audis. 
 
 Of the three kinds of Csesura which have been enumer- 
 ated, the syllabic seems to have been the principal one in 
 Latin versification; and but few harmonious lines can be 
 found, in which it is not introduced. Next in metrical effect 
 is the Trochaic. 
 
 On the Caesura, depend, in a very great degree, the beauty 1 
 and melody of verse. While its presence serves to give ani- 
 mation to the line, and by connecting together the different 
 words of which it is composed, imparts to it gracefulness 
 and ease, its absence is marked by a total want of poetic har- 
 mony. A line, in which the Caesura is either wholly oaiitted 
 or in a great measure neglected, has in fact little to distin- 
 guish it from common prose, and can only he admissible 
 into Latin poetry, on occasions in which harmony is pur- 
 posely avoided, as m many of the neglected hexameters of 
 Horace. 
 
 The following lines may serve to show the uncouthness 
 and inelegance attendant upon the neglect of the Caesura: 
 
 Ennius. Sfiarsis \ hastis j late j eamfius \s/ilendet et | horret, 
 
 Idem. Disfier\ge hostes, | distrahe | diduc j divide \ differ. 
 
 Propert. JVbn me | moribus j ilia sed j herbis \ irnfiroba | vicit. 
 
 A Caesura however is not indispensably requisite in every 
 foot of a Yerse. Although the most melodious lines are cer- 
 tainly those in which the Caesura is frequently introduced, 
 still a long uninterrupted series of them, would have any 
 other than a pleasing effect ; and therefore it becomes ad- 
 visable occasionally to omit the Caesura in one or more of 
 the feet, and in this way to produce aH agreeable variety. 
 The following rules have been laid down on this subject, and 
 deserve attention : s 
 
 s Bradley's Latin Prosody, p. 49—51. 
 
70 FIGURES OF PROSODY, 
 
 1. In the first foot of a verse, the Csesura may generally 
 be omitted ; as, 
 
 Virg. Pauperis | et tugu\ri con\gestum j cesfiite | culmen. 
 
 2. In the second foot, the Caesura is often omitted ; but 
 when this omission takes place, the word which begins the 
 foot is generally of sufficient length to complete it, and leave 
 a Caesural syllable in the next foot ; as, 1 
 
 Virg. Squamea \ convol|vens sub\lato \fiectore j terga. 
 
 3. The Caesura is not so frequently omitted at the penthe- 
 mimeris, as it is in the other feet ; and when it is omitted in 
 the third, it always occurs in the fourth, and generally in the 
 second Toot. When this omission of the Caesura at the pen- 
 themimeris takes place, the third foot generally consists of 
 the two or three first syllables of a word, which is finished in 
 the next foot ; as, 
 
 Virg. Jussa mo\v\ qua | sortijtus non \ fiertulit \ ullos* 
 
 4. In the fourth foot, the Caesura is not necessary, if there 
 be one at the penthemimeris ; as, 
 
 Virg. Pinguis et J ingra\\& firerne\retur\ caseus \ urbi, 
 
 5. The syllabic and monosyllabic Caesuras are seldom in 
 troduced after the fourth fool, but the trochaic often occurs 
 at the ennehemimeris, and is in most instances conducive to 
 the harmony of the line ; as, 
 
 Virg. See fie le\vi som 
 Idem. Nine al\ta sub 
 
 num 8ua\debit in\\ve.su\surro> 
 rufie ca\net fron\&h\ov ad | auras. 
 
 6. When there is but one Caesura in a verse, it is gene- 
 rally in the third foot, sometimes in the fourth, but never in 
 the second ; as, 
 
 Virg. Quern mea \carmini\bus meru\isset\Jistula \cafirum. 
 
 t The frequent recurrence of the verb nescio as a dactyl, and of the 
 prepositions inter and intra as spondees, forming the second foot, appears, 
 on tht first view, to be inconsistent with this rule, but it is in reality quite 
 agreeable with it. It has been clearly ascertained that the preposition and 
 its case were frequently pronounced with one accent as one word, and there 
 is reason to suppose that nescio was often connected in a similar manner 
 with the word which followed it thus the words inter se were pro- 
 nounced, and consequently regarded in versification, as though they were 
 written interse, and nescio quis as though written nescioquis. A similar 
 connexion is not unusual in English words; thus some body is pronounced 
 sc?nebody; no body t nobody ; can not, cannot» — Bradley, Lat. Pros. 49. 
 
 
FIGURES OF PROSODY. 71 
 
 7. In a pentameter verse, a syllabic Caesura generally 
 takes place at the penthemimeris, and a trochaic in the foot 
 preceding the final syllable in the second hemistich, or half 
 verse ; as, 
 
 Ovid. Nee quere\rer tar|dos \ire rejlicta di\es. 
 Idem. Nil mihi | rescri\ba$ | attamen | ipse ve\ni. 
 
 8. There is sometimes a monosyllabic Coesura at the pen- 
 themimeris of a pentameter, when ^he preceding word is a 
 monosyllable; as, 
 
 Ovid. Magna ta\men sfies \ est | in boni\tate de\i. 
 
 9. The trochaic Caesura is sometimes neglected in the 
 foot preceding the final syllable of a pentameter, and the 
 verse is concluded by a word of four or more syllables; as, 
 
 Ovid. Lis est j cumfor\ma \ magna pujdlcitijae. 
 
 Part 2. 
 
 Syllaba safie brevis Caesura extenditur^ etsi 
 Littera nee duplex^ nee consona bina sequatur. 
 
 A short syllable in the Caesura is frequently made long, 
 though neither two consonants nor a double letter follow its 
 Vowel. u This however, takes place chiefly in hexameter 
 verse — rarely in lyric poetry — never in Iambic. Thus, 
 
 u In the language of the rule, we ascribe this to the force of the c&« 
 sura; but the true principle on which the rule depends, is simply the 
 pressure of the voice exerted on the syllables in question, and producing 
 the same effect as if the final consonant were doubled, or the final vowel 
 pronounced with double length. The subject is placed in the clearest light 
 by one of the ablest among the metrical scholars of the present day. " In 
 primam pedis syllabam, versibus Heroicis, ictus metricus proculdubio 
 cadit ; et cum Jirsi, omnium consensu, convenit. Ubicunque vero hoc 
 jieret, ibi vox intendebatur, et mora qu&dam in pronuntiando obtingebat* 
 Quod si in tali loco syllaba natura brevis locaretur, cum acriore quadam 
 et incitatiore vi proferretur, evadebat longa. In quibus autem locis voci§ 
 intentio major, et mora in efferenda syllaba longior, in illis istiusmodi 
 effectum prsecipue et frequentius cunspici credibile est. Hoc nonnunquam 
 evenit in prima versfts syllaba; ssepius autem in medio verstls, ubi vox 
 ita dividitur, ut in syllabam a reliqua voce quasi ahscissam metricus 
 ictus cadat. Csesurse nomen inde obiinuit: sed causam, unde caesura 
 vim suam adepta sit brevem syllabam producendi, nutlam aliam esse 
 tontendo, quam quce in vers&s statim initio^ eundem effectum generet™ 
 Maltby, Observ, ad Morelli Lex Grsco-Pros» p. xlvii. ed. Cantab. 1815. 
 
72 FIGURES OF TR0S0DY. 
 
 Virg. Pectori\bus inhi\ans sfii\rantia \ consulit \ exta» 
 Idem. Emicat | Eurya\\us et | munere | victor a\mici. 
 Horat. Cwm grafts dor\so subi\lt onus. \ Incifiit 1 iVte. 
 Virg. Graius ho\mo infec\tos lin\guens /iro/w|gus /;t/mej 
 
 In the first of these lines, the Caesura affects the final syl- 
 lable of the triemimeris ; in the second, that of the penthe- 
 nrimeris; in the third, that of the hephthemimeris ; and in 
 the last, that of the Ennehemimeris. 
 
 Instances even occur, in wnich, on account of the influ- 
 ence of the Caesura, the final M remains unelided before a 
 vowel in the beginning of the word following, and forms with 
 its own preceding voweli a long syllable. The following are 
 among the number : — 
 
 Propert. O me |/t7i|cem ! o | nox mihi \ Candida et j o tu. 
 Tibul. Et tan\tum vene\ratur x>z*|rum hunc \ scdula ] curet. 
 Luc. Scit non j esse cajsam. O \ vita j tutafa\cultas. 
 Manil. Emeri\tus oe|lum et \Claudia j magna firo\fiago. 
 
 Numerous other examples might be cited from the best 
 Latin poets, of the peculiar force of the Caesura* The stu- 
 dent is referred to the table at the end of the Figures of 
 Prosody, for a list of those which occur in the writings of 
 Virgil. 
 
 2. ELISION. 
 
 Elision is the cutting off of the final vowel or diphthong, 
 or of the two final letters of a word, and is divided into 
 Synaloepha and Ecthlipsis. 
 
 Synal&fiha. 
 Difihthongum aut vocalem haurit Synaloepha firiorem. 
 
 
 Synaloepha is the elision of a vowel or diphthong at the 
 end of a word, when the following word begins with a vowel, 
 a diphthong, or the aspirate hp as, 
 
 x Quinctilian applies the term Synalcepha, in one place (1, 5,) to what is 
 commonly called Syncsresis, as Ph&thon for Phaethon — and in another 
 (9, 4.) to what is usually styled Ecthlipsis, as Prasidi' est for Presidium 
 e*f,— The word Sytialozpha is from the Greek ruycthom 9 commixtio § and 
 
FIGURES OF PROSOBY. 73 
 
 Virg. ConticuerE Omnes y intentiquE Ora tenebant. 
 Idem. DardamdJE E muris: spes addita suscitat iras. 
 Idem. Savus ubi JEacida telojacet, Hector ubl Ingens* 
 Idem. Humida solstitiA AtquE Hyemee orate serenas. 
 
 Which lines, in scanning, are read as follows :— 
 Conticuer* omnes, intentiqu 7 ora tenebanU 
 Dardanid? e muris : spes addita suscitat iras. 
 Savus ub* JEacida telojacet, Hector ub 9 ingens* 
 Humida soktiti' atqu r hy ernes orate serenas. 
 
 This however is done only in scanning, and not in writing, 
 nor in the usual mode of pronouncing a verse, tn the two 
 latter cases, the lines are always written, and generally pro» 
 nounced, without any elisions^ 
 
 Synaloepha affects not only a single syllable, but also two 
 syllables sounded as one by synaeresis ; as, 
 
 Virg. Stell io; et lucifugis congesta cubilia blattis. 
 Catul. Et earum omnia adirem furibunda latibula. 
 
 pronounced Stell yet^ omn yad. 
 
 Exception.— Synaloepha never takes place in the words 
 O, heu, ah) firoh, x><e, vah, hei, and the like interjections, 
 which sustain the voice, and retard the pronunciation, by 
 reason of the feeling or passion which they express ; as, 
 
 Virg. O pater ) 6 hominum divumque eterna pot est as. 
 
 Idem. Heu ubi pacta fides ? ubi qua jurare sofcbas ? 
 
 Ovid. Ah ego non possum tanta videre mala. 
 
 Idem. Et bis id Aretlmsa^ id Arethusa vocavit. 
 
 The poets frequently retain other long vowels or diph- 
 thongs unelided ; in which case, the vowel or diphthong so 
 
 according to its etymology, refers, not so much to the elision of one vowel 
 before another, as to the Wending of two vowels or syllables into one. On 
 this account some have considered the term Synalazpha, as commonly used, 
 an improper one, and recommend that instead of Synaloepha and Ecthlip* 
 sis, the general term Elision be substituted. 
 
 y The best opinion, with regard to the ancient mode of pronouncing 
 Latin verse, is this, that much of the apparent harshness of elisions was 
 removed, by giving the elided syllable so slight and imperfect a sound, that 
 it could hardly be distinguished, and consequently interrupted but little 
 the measure of the verse. 
 
JT4 FIGURES OF PROSODY. 
 
 preserved from elision, becomes common, though generally 
 made short ; z as, 
 
 Virg. Ter sunt conatl imponere Pelib Ossam. 
 
 Idem. Glaucb, et Panope\k 9 et Inoo Melicerta. 
 
 Idem. Insula Ionia in magno, quas dira CeUno. 
 
 Lucr. Anm tempore eo, qui Etesiik esse feruntur. 
 
 A short vowel more .rarely escapes elision ; yet some in- 
 stances do occur ; as, 
 
 Lucil. Vera put ant : credunt signis cor inesse ahenis. 
 Colum. Delie te Pozan, et te EuTe, Euie Paan. 
 Catul. O factum male I o miselle passer / 
 Idem. Male est, mehercule, et laboriose. 
 
 In each of the three last lines however there is a pause, 
 which may be partly instrumental in producing this effect, 
 by preventing the clash of the vowel which is unelided, with 
 that which follows. 
 
 A vowel at the end of a verse is not in general elided, 
 when the first word of the following verse begins with a 
 vowel. In some cases however, when a long pause does not 
 intervene to suspend the voice, (it not being required by the 
 sense,) but merely that slight pause ensues, which necessa- 
 rily takes place at the end of every verse, we find the final 
 vowel requiring elision ; as, a 
 
 Virg. Jactemur, doceas : ignari fiominumque locorum \ que 
 Erramus, vento hue et vastis jluctibus acti. 
 in which the second line must be read, qu* Erramus, &c. 
 
 When the final vowel of a word is elided, the effect of the 
 syllable as a Csesura is hardly perceptible, and it ought not 
 perhaps to be regarded, in any instance, as a Csesural syl- 
 lable. 
 
 The student is referred to the list at the end of the Figure 
 of Prosody, for the instances which occur in Virgil, of vowel 
 remaining unelided. 
 
 : 
 
 z A long vowel being equal to two short, and a diphthong actually con- 
 sisting of two, the latter vowel is supposed to be elided, leaving the other, 
 as it originally was, short by position. Where the syllable remains long, 
 both vowels are supposed to be preserved unelided. 
 
 3l See remarks upon the figure " Synapheia." 
 
 
FIGURES OF PROSODY. 75 
 
 Ecthlifisis. 
 M vorat Ecthlipsis quoties vocalibus anteit. 
 
 Ecthlipsis b is the elision of the consonant M with its pre- 
 ceding vowel, at the end of a word, when the following word 
 begins with a vowel or the aspirate h ; as, 
 
 Catul. Omnia tecu^l Una fierierunt gaiidia nostra. 
 Idem. JEternuW Hoc sanctxfoedus amicitics. 
 Tn scanning which lines we must read them as follows :— 
 Omnia tec* una fierierunt gaudia nostra. 
 iEtern' hoc sane t a fo&dus amicitice. 
 
 But we are to do this only in scanning, and not in writing 
 or pronouncing them. 
 
 Ecthlipsis sometimes, by the aid of Synapheia, strikes out 
 a syllable at the end of a line, when the next word begirds 
 with a vowel, and no long pause intervenes ; as, 
 
 Virg. Jamque iter emensi, turres ac tecta Latino\v\im 
 Ardua c erne b ant juvenes y murosque subibant. 
 
 In which the second line is to be read, r^Ardua^ &c. 
 
 The earlier Latin poets often preserved the final M before 
 a vowel, and made the syllable short ; a practice which was 
 retained by their successors, in the compounds of Con and 
 Circum. (See Section xxi.) 
 
 In some instances also, the Caesura operates in preserving 
 the M with its preceding vowel unelided, and making the 
 syllable long. (See " Csesura," part 2.) 
 
 The final S was also frequently elided by the earlier poets, 
 pot only before a vowel, with the loss of a syllable, as in 
 
 h The term Ecthlipsis (zkQki^is) comes from the verb iicQhiCuvy elU 
 dere. — The principle on which the use of this figure rests, has been ex- 
 plained in a very ingenious and satisfactory manner by Dr. Carey» He sup- 
 poses that the Komans did not give to the consonant m that full and audible 
 pronunciation which it receives in English, but a slight nasal sound, such as 
 the French give to it in the word Faim, and the Portuguese at the present 
 day even in Latin words. As corroborative of the truth of this position, he 
 refers to Cicero, Orat. 45. and Quintilian, 9, 4.— If this be the correct doc- 
 trine, it will appear that the Romans gave the consonant m a pronunciation 
 so slight, that its sound at the end of a word in poetry was too feeble to pr^ 
 serve it and the preceding vowel from elision» See Note b, page 1? 
 
7& FIGURES OF PROSODY. 
 
 Plautus and Terence, but also before a consonant, without 
 the loss of a syllable ; c as 
 
 Ennius. Vicimus o sodi, et magna?n pugnavimu' ftugnam. 
 Lucil. Deblaterat filenus bonu' rusticu'; concinit una. 
 
 This species of elision seems to have taken place chiefly 
 in short syllables ; yet it was also occasionally practised in 
 long ; as, multi* modis, vas' argenteia^ fialm* et cririibus, 
 tect? fractis, for multis modis, vasis argenteis, flalmis et 
 crinibus, tectis fractis. 
 
 Not only S and its vowel thus suffered elision, but ST 
 also ; as, fio* meridiem, Jiomeridianus, for fiost meridiem^ 
 jiostmeridianus* 
 
 In the body of words also, the consonant S was sometimes 
 elided, or else obscured in the pronunciation ; as, Camozna 
 for Casmo&na, Camillus for Casmillus 9 Camilla for Casmilla } 
 Sec. 
 
 Before quitting the subject of Elision, it may be as well 
 to add the following rules, which regulate its use :— 
 
 1. A verse, in which there are more than two elisions, is 
 most commonly deficient in harmony; as the following 
 pentameter line : — 
 
 Catul. Quam modo qui me unum atque unicum amicum 
 habuit. 
 
 2. Elisions may generally be introduced into a verse with- 
 out diminishing its harmony, when the final vowel of a word 
 is the same as that which begins the next word, and when 
 
 c About Cicero's time it began to be generally sounded, Cicero however, 
 as well as his contemporaries Catullus and Lucretius, sometimes omitted 
 it in their poetry. Dr. Carey supposes that the early Roman poets gene« 
 rally pronounced the final S when immediately followed by a vowel, but 
 that before consonants it was optional with them either to pronounce the 
 final S and make the syllable long by position, or not to pronounce it, and 
 thus retain it short. And that about the commencement of the Augustan 
 sera, the rule was established that the final S should always be pronounced 
 in poetry as well before consonants as before vowels. — Cicero, Orat. 48 a 
 speaking of the pronunciation of the final S, observes : " Quinetiam . . . quod 
 ct jam subrusticum videtur, olim autem politius . . . eorum verborum, quo- 
 ** rum esedem erant postremte duse literse quse sunt in Optumus, postre- 
 *' mam literam detrahebant, nisi vocalis insequebatun Ita non erat offensio 
 *' in versibus quam nunc fugiunt poetse novi : ita enim loquebantur, Qui est 
 <* omnibu' princeps, non Omnibus princeps, et Vita ilia dignu' locoque, non 
 " diguus "— =To the same effect are the remarks of Quintilian, 9, 4, 
 
FIGURES OF PROSODY. 7? 
 
 the elided vowel is either naturally short, or followed by a 
 
 long syllable ; as, 
 
 Virg. Ipse ego cana legam tenera lanugine mala* 
 Idem. Turn casia atque aliis intexens suavibus herbis* 
 
 3. An elision has seldom a good effect, when it occurs ir* 
 the first syllable of a verse — in the end of the fifth foot of an 
 hexameter — immediately after the penthemimeris in a pen- 
 tameter — or in a word ending with a long vowel, before a 
 word beginning with a short vowel ; as, 
 
 Horat. Nam ut ferula aedas meritum majora subire* 
 Juv. Lorifiedem rectus derideat JEthiopem albus. 
 Catul. Troja ncfa* !. commune sefiulcru?nJL\iroY>& AsiG que* 
 Idem. Me misero eripuisti omnia nostra bona. 
 
 3. SYNiERESIS. 
 
 Syllaba de gemind facta una Synseresis esto f 
 
 Synseresis is the contraction of two syllables into one ; d as^ 
 Ovid. Quid j hater Ismario^ quid mater fir of uit Orpheo? 
 
 the EO being sounded together within the time of one sylr 
 
 lable, as in the name Romeo, in Shakspeare. 
 
 " Romeo slew Tibalt : Romeo must not live. 
 
 The use of Syndesis is frequent in J/, iidem, iisdem ; dii+ 
 diis ; dein, deincefis, dcinde ; deest } deeraty deero, deerity 
 deesse ; cut, and huic. 
 
 Synseresis however may often be referred to Synalcepha, 
 or in other words, the first vowel, in many instances, may 
 rather be considered as elided, than as uniting with the fol- 
 lowing vowel to form one syllable. Thus, Anteambulo, an- 
 teire, antehac, semianimis, seminoma^ 8tc. and other com- 
 pound words, ought in strictness perhaps to be regarded as. 
 suffering elision, and to be pronounced Ant'ambulo, ant'ire 9 
 Sec. This opinion receives, in many cases, strong confirma- 
 tion from the quantity of the vowel which begins the latter 
 part of the compound word. This vowel often retains its 
 original quantity, when that quantity is short; which it would 
 
 d Syndesis (fvva,t£t7i$} is derived from <ruvat£VV) contra/ier?* 
 
78 FIGURES OF PROSODY. 
 
 not do, if the two vowels were united by Synaeresis, instead 
 of the first being elided by Synaloepha, but would in every 
 such instance become necessarily long. 
 
 Other cases occur, in which two vowels, properly belong- 
 ing to separate syllables, are united into one, which retains 
 the original quantity of the latter vowel whether long or 
 short; as in Abiete, dbiegna^ driete, fidrietibus, tenuius $ 
 firincifiiumy pltulta^ fortultos y vindemidtor, Nasidieni.— 
 Here the I and U suffering somewhat of a change from 
 their vowel state, are used like the initial Y and W in Eng- 
 lish ; on which occasions the I or U operates as a consonant, 
 and has (in conjunction with another consonant) the power 
 of lengthening a preceding short vowel. Hence we must 
 pronounce these words, Ab-yete, db-yegnte, dr-yete % fidr- 
 yetibus, ten-wius, firincifl-ywniflit-witayfort-witoS) vindem- 
 yatOT) Nasid-yeni. 
 
 In Statius, Silv. 1, 4, 36, and Theb. 12, 2. the word 
 tenuiore occurs, in which the license is carried still farther, 
 and which must be pronounced ten-wiore. 
 
 In Virgil, Geo. 1, 482. the word fiuviorum begins the 
 line, and many have supposed the first foot of the verse to 
 be an anapaest. By reading the word however, jiuv-ybrum % 
 the difficulty entirely disappears, and the initial foot becomes 
 a spondee. 
 
 4. DIURESIS, OR DIALYSIS. 
 
 Distrahit in geminas resoluta Diaeresis unarn. 
 
 Diaeresis e is the division of one syllable into two ; as aurqi 
 for aurct) suddent for suadent, Troia for Troja or Troi-a^ 
 suesco for suesco, miluus for milvus, silua for silva, soluo 
 for solvo. 
 
 Virg. Mtherevm sensum^ atque aurdz simfilicis ignem. 
 
 Luc. Atque alios alii irrident ; Veneremque suadent. 
 
 Sen. Misit infestos Troia minis, 
 
 Horat. Mine mare, nunc siluce. 
 
 Tibul. Nulla queat fiosthac nos soluisse dies. 
 
 e Diaeresis (Sicugurts) fr<jm $i&tgw$ divider e.—$'Mh$i$ (fiPfoprft), 
 
FIGURES OF PROSODY. 79 
 
 As the Ionic dialect in Greek frequently resolves the 
 diphthongs e* and >> into ni*, the Roman poets occasionally 
 availed themselves of that license in words of Greek deriva- 
 tion, originally wriiten with either of those diphthongs ; as, 
 
 Stat. Quas inter vultu fietulans Elegla firofiinquat. 
 Ovid. Blanda fiharetratos Elegeld cantat amores. 
 
 So also, Phcebeus and P/imbezus, Baccheus and Bacc/ietus 9 
 Rhateus and Rhceteius, Thressus and Thrtissus^ Threat*® 
 and TAreiciuS) &c. 
 
 5. PROSTHESIS — APHiERESIS. 
 
 Prosthesis afifionit front:, quod Aphasresis aufert. 
 
 Prosthesis f is the addition of a letter or syllable at the be- 
 ginning of a word ; as Gnatus for natw, gnavus for navus? 
 tetuli for tuli. 
 
 AphaeresisS is the cutting off of the first letter or syllable 
 of a word ; as 'st for est, conia for ciconia } tender ant for 
 fetenderanty maragdos for smaragdos. 
 
 6. SYNCOPE EPENTHESIS. 
 
 Syncopa de medio tollit quod Epenthesis infert. 
 
 Syncope h is the omission of a letter or syllable in the 
 middle of a word ; as Pmnum for Pwnorum, fio/ilus for 
 
 fiofiulus. 
 
 The words most frequently contracted by Syncope, are 
 {he prseter tenses of verbs, as scrifisti for scrifisisti, dixti for 
 dixisti, firomisse for firomisisse, illuxe for illuxisse — the 
 participles of compound verbs, as refiostum for refiositum — 
 genitives plural, as dtum for deorum, amantum for amanti- 
 um — and words which have an U in the penult before the 
 consonant L, as vinclum for vinculum. 
 
 f Prosthesis («•gofrflwtt) from 7rgco-<riQevctt 9 apponere. 
 g Aphseresis (et.$x,igi<ric) frora evp&igitv, auferre. 
 h Syncope (rvywirti) from ?vyM7r?uv 9 conscinder^ 
 

 |0" FIGURES OF PROSODY. 
 
 Epenthesis* is the insertion of a letter or syllable into the 
 body of a word, as Alituum for alitum, to accommodate the 
 poet with a dactyl in alitii — seditio, redimo, redeo, to prevent 
 the hiatus of two vowels — /iluviy ffivi, adniivi, geniivi, to 
 lengthen the short U of filui, fui, adnui y genui. 
 
 7, APOCOPE — PARAGOGE. 
 
 Apocope demit jinem, quern dat Paragoge. 
 
 Apocope k is the omission of the final vowel or syllable of 
 a word, before another word beginning with a consonant; as 
 Men* for mene, seu (or sew) for sive {siwe or sewe)^ neu (or 
 new) for neve (or newe). 
 
 Paragdge 1 is the addition of a letter or syllable to the end 
 of a word ; as Amarier for amari^ dicier for dici, farier for 
 fari. 
 
 The words most frequently lengthened by Paragoge, are 
 verbs passive and verbs deponent in the infinitive mood. 
 
 8. TMESIS.. 
 
 Per Tmesim inseritur medio vox altera vods. 
 
 Tmesis™ is the division of a word into two parts, for the 
 purpose of inserting another word between them; as, 
 Virg. Talis Hyfierboreo Septem-sw^/Vcta-trioni. 
 Lucr. Languidior fiorro disjectis, dis-^we-sipatis. 
 Idem. Cetera de genere hoc, inter-^tfcz^ttz^we-pretantur. 
 
 This figure generally takes place in compound words, se- 
 parating the members of the compound, as in the examples 
 just given. 
 
 i Epenthesis (efl-svQec^) from tTri, super, and «ynQsy*/, importer?. 
 k Apocope (&7rG)to7rn) from ct^*cxowT€/v 3 abscindere. 
 I Paragoge {Trusty a>yn) from ^A^ctysiVy producere.. 
 m Tmesis (t^wct/?) from npvun shears, 
 
 
FIGURES OF PROSODY. 81 
 
 9. ANTITHESIS METATHESIS. 
 
 JVonnunquam Antithesi mutatur littera^ ut Olli : 
 Cum propria migrat cle sede, Metathesis esto. 
 
 By Antithesis one letter is put for another ; as Olli fo? 
 Illiy faciundum for faciendum. 
 
 By Metathesis, a letter or syllable is transposed ; as Pi$* 
 iris for pristis, Lybia for Libya } corcodilus for crocodilus. 
 
 10. SYSTOLE. 
 
 Systola pracipitat positu vel origine longam. 
 
 By Systole,P a syllable naturally long is made short, or a 
 syllable which ought to become long by position, is preserved 
 short; as Viden 9 for vides-?ie, in which the E is naturally 
 long — satin* for satis-ne, in which the short syllable TIS 
 should become long by position — hodie for hoc die — maltt- 
 modis for multis modis. 
 
 The prepositions AB, AD, OB, SUB, RE, which are na- 
 turally short, but would, when compounded with JaciQ, be 
 rendered long by position, are sometimes made to retain 
 their original quantity by the elision of the J. 
 
 Ovid. Tur/ie putas abici, quod sit miserandus, amicum. 
 
 Mart. Siquid nostra tuis adicit "vexatio rebus. 
 
 Claud. Cur annos obicis ? pugne cur arguor impar ? 
 
 Luc. Ipse manu subicit gladws, ac tela ministrat. 
 
 Stat. Tela manu ; reiciique canes in vulnus hiantes. 
 
 The most common instances of Systole however occur in 
 the penultima of the third person plural of the preterite of 
 verbs ; as defuerunt, profuerunt, miscuerunt, dederunt, ste- 
 terunt) lulerunt, abierunt. Sec. for defulrunt^ profuerunty 
 
 n Antithesis (*vn9s<77?) from avr/T/8sy*/, loco alterius rem aliquam 
 poller e. 
 
 o Metathesis (/uirctBia-tc) from fAircLriQsvni, transponere. 
 p Systole («wroA») from owm^Hv, corripere.. 
 
S2 FIGURES OF PROSODY. 
 
 miscueruntp &c. See Table at the end of Figures of Pro* 
 sody. 
 
 I 1 . ECTASIS, OR DIASTOLE. 
 
 Ectasis extenditque brevem, duplicatque elementum. 
 
 By Ectasis, or Diastole, 1 " a syllable naturally short is made 
 long; as, 
 
 Liv. And. Cum socios nostros mandisset i)?ifiiu* Cyclo/is* 
 Ennius. Omnis cura viris uter esset indufierator. 
 
 This license however was rarely used by the poets of the 
 more polished ages, excepting in proper names (particularly 
 polysyllables,) which could not otherwise have been intra* 
 duced into their lines - y as, 
 
 Ovid. Hanc tibi Piiamides mitto, Ledaa, salutem. 
 
 Virg. Sunt etiam Aminese vites, Jirmissima vina* 
 
 Prop. Et domus intactts te tremit Arabise. 
 
 The particle RE, although naturally short, is made long 
 in many compound words ; as Religio, reliquiae, reliquus^ 
 rejierit, retulU, repulit^ recidity reducere, &c. This how- 
 
 q These perfects with short penults have given rise to considerable dis- 
 cussion. The Port-Royal Grammarian maintains that the penult of the 
 tense in question was originally short, or at least common, especially in 
 verbs of the third conjugation ; and that one might say legerunt as well as 
 legeranty legerent, Sec. this analogy being particularly founded on the li 
 followed by an It. fn confirmation of this opinion, he quotes the following 
 passage from Diomedes: — "Fere in tertio or dine pier umque veteres tertid 
 persona finitivd temporis perfecti, numeri pluralis, E mediam vocalem 
 , corripiuiit, quasi legerunt. emerunt, &c." and then adds, '* we might far- 
 ther produce avast number of authorities, which show that this is not a 
 licentia poetica, but the ancient analogy of the language." — Dr. Carey on 
 the other hand asserts, that the shortening of the syllable in question is a 
 gross violation of prosody ; that these perfects with short penults are either 
 the errors of copyists, for pluperfect tenses, which in his opinion yield a 
 more elegant reading, or else must be considered as instances of Synseresis, 
 and pronounced accordingly. — Heyne however, in remarking on the reading 
 Uilerunt (Virg. Ec. 4, 61.) "which he admits into the text as well as the other 
 instances of Systole wherever they occur, observes, " male metuentes metro 
 alii, tulerint, tulerant, {leguni)\ and in jBn 2. 774, where steterunt occurs, 
 " steterantque prave." — We can only add, " Non nostrum tantas compo- 
 nere lites." The best advice that can be given to the young prosodbn, is 
 to avoid making use of the figure in these tenses. 
 
 r Ectasis (skta*/?) from nnuvuvy extenctere, — Diastole (fi&rroKni 
 &em iiaa-TiXKuvj producere. 
 
FIGURES OF PROSODY. S3 
 
 ever was no doubt owing either to the consonant's having 
 been actually doubled, as relligio y relliquicz, &c. or to the 
 circumstance of an emphasis having been laid upon the 
 single consonant, producing the same effect as if it had been 
 actually doubled. 
 
 The first syllable in Quatuor, when made long, has also 
 been regarded as an instance of Diastole, since guatuor is 
 found short in Ennius, and its derivatives, gudter, gudterni, 
 guddrufies, Sec. have the a short ; but Gesner and Vossius 
 maintain that Virgil should be made the standard of pronun- 
 ciation with regard to the word in question, and that the first 
 syllable should be considered long, as he uniformly makes it. 
 
 12. SYNAPHEIA. 
 
 Cofiulat irrufit® versus Synapheia tenor el 
 
 Synapheia, s is the connecting of verses together, so as to 
 make them run on in continuation, as if the matter were not 
 divided into separate verses. By this arrangement the initial 
 syllable of a succeeding verse, has an influence on the final 
 syllable of the preceding — affecting it by the concourse of 
 consonants, by ecthlipeis, and by synalcepha. 
 
 Synapheia chiefly prevailed in Anapaestic and Ionic a mU 
 nore verse, in which, strict attention was paid to its observ- 
 ance. Its occurrence in other species of verse, was occasional 
 and limited. 
 
 The following anapaestic lines furnish examples of the 
 effects of the Synapheia. 
 
 Prxcefis silvas montesgue fugit 
 
 Citus Jcttzon, agiligue magis 
 
 Pede per saltus et saxa vagus 
 
 Metuit motas Zefthyris filumas. Seneca. 
 
 The short final syllables of fugit, magis, and vagus, here 
 become long by position before the initial consonants in the 
 subsequent lines. 
 
 Among other instances of Synapheia, the following may 
 be enumerated : — 
 
 s Synapheia (pvvclqusl) from 0"W ttwruv, conjungere* 
 
§4 £IGUR£S OF PROSODY. 
 
 Virg. Inseritur vero ex fxtu nucis arbutus //orn'jda 
 Et steriies platani malos gessere valentes. 
 
 Idem. Jactemnr, doceas : ignari hominumque /ocorwmjque 
 Erramus, vento huc^ et vastis Jiuctibus actu 
 
 Horat. Dissidens plebi y numero beato\mm 
 Eximit Virtus. 
 
 Idem. Cur facunda fiarum deco\vo 
 
 Inter verba cadit lingua silentio ? 
 
 In the first, second, and third examples, the Synapheia and 
 Synaloepha are combined, in the third the Synapheia and 
 Ecthlipsis. 
 
 In most cases however where the Synapheia operates, (ex- 
 cepting the Anapaesiic and Ionic a minor e measures,) there is 
 little or no pause at the end of the line. 
 
 In the Greek dramatic choruses, a word is frequently 
 divided by Synapheia between two verses. In Latin poetry 
 this is more rarely done, and chiefly, if not always, in the 
 case of compound words. — Vide Horat. Sat. 2, 3, 117. 1, 2, 
 62— Epist. 2, 2, 188— Art. Poet. 290.— See also remarks 
 upon the M Sapphic Verse." 
 
 The student is referred to the end of the following Syn- 
 opsis, for the instances of Synapheia, wliich occur in Virgil, 
 
 
( 85 ) 
 
 SYNOPSIS 
 
 OP 
 
 POETIC LICENSES, &c. 
 
 IK THE 
 
 VERSIFICATION OF VIRGIL. 
 
 The words in Italics are given according to the text of Heyne ; in the re5t ? 
 the reading of the Dauphin Edition is followed. 
 
 E. Eclogues*-G. Georgics— M, iEneidi 
 
 Short Final Syllables lengthened by the Caesura > 
 
 Aberat 
 
 E. 1, 39 
 
 Nullius 
 
 G. 4, 453 
 
 Erit 
 
 E. 3, 97 
 
 Videt 
 
 iE. 1, 308 
 
 Terrasque 
 
 E. 4, 51 
 
 Pulvis 
 
 . 478 
 
 Fultus 
 
 E. 6, 53 
 
 Peteret 
 
 . 651 
 
 Facit 
 
 E. 7, 23 
 
 Jactetur . 
 
 . 672 
 
 Puer 
 
 E. 9, 66 
 
 Pavor 
 
 M. 2, 369 
 
 Amor 
 
 E.10, 66 
 
 Androgens 
 
 .371 
 
 Tethys 
 
 G. 1, 31 
 
 Obruimur 
 
 . 411 
 
 Pleiadas . 
 
 . 13S 
 
 Domus 
 
 . 563 
 
 Lappseque 
 
 . 153 
 
 Liminaque 
 
 M.3, 91 
 
 Tribulaque 
 
 . 164 
 
 Nemus . « 
 
 • . 112 
 
 iEstusque 
 
 . 352 
 
 Gravia 
 
 . 464 
 
 Eurique . 
 
 . 371 
 
 Casus 
 
 * 504 
 
 Gravidus . 
 
 G. 2, 5 
 
 u Manibus 
 
 . 606 
 
 Fagus 
 
 . 71 
 
 Gela 
 
 . 702 
 
 Enituit 
 
 . 211 
 
 Pectoribus 
 
 M>4, 6% 
 
 Ingreditur 
 
 G. 3, 76 
 
 Cretesque 
 
 . 146 
 
 1 Labor 
 
 . 118 
 
 Alloquitur 
 
 . 222 
 
 Invalidus . 
 
 . 189 
 
 Datur . , 
 
 M. 5, 284 
 
 Jovis 
 
 . 332 
 
 Euryalus . 
 
 . 33f 
 
 Lappseque 
 
 . 385 
 
 Pater > 
 Pariter $ * 
 
 . 521 
 
 Melior 
 
 G. 4, 92 
 
 Tondebat . 
 
 . 137 
 
 Amittebat 
 
 . 853 
 
 Terrasque 
 
 . 222 
 
 Super , 
 
 M. 6, 254 
 
 Drymoque 
 
 . 336 
 
 Tuaque 
 
 . 68r 
 
 t Perhaps originally labos. 
 
 u Or according to Heyne's text, " Si pere& 9 hominutn manibut periistt 
 SUt'abit" with the of pereo preserved by Caesura* 
 
 H 
 
36 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF POETIC LICENSES, &C. 
 
 
 Numitor . 
 
 M. 6, 768 
 
 Oratis 
 
 . JE.11, 111 
 
 x Argos 
 
 . 838 
 
 Amor 
 
 . 323 
 
 Erat 
 
 iE. 7, 174 
 
 Pater 
 
 . 469 
 
 Spiculaque 
 
 . 186 
 
 Vallis 
 
 . 522 
 
 Canit 
 
 . 398 
 
 Pater 
 
 , -E.12, 13 
 
 Procul 
 
 JE.8, 98 
 
 Ebur 
 
 68 
 
 Subiit 
 
 . 363 
 
 Ensemque 
 
 89 
 
 Bronte sque 
 
 . 425 
 
 Fontesque 
 
 . 181 
 
 Fatigamus 
 
 JE.9, 610 
 
 Manus 
 
 . 232 
 
 Noemonaque 
 
 . 767 
 
 Chloreaque 
 
 . 363 
 
 Petiit 
 
 -33.10, 67 
 
 Dolor 
 
 . 422 
 
 Dedit 
 
 . 383 
 
 Vntheusque 
 
 . 443 
 
 (Baput 
 
 . 394 
 
 Domitor . 
 
 . 550 
 
 Sinit 
 
 . 433 
 
 y Anima . 
 
 . 648 
 
 Sa?igiris 
 
 . 487 
 
 Amor 
 
 . 668 
 
 Profugus . 
 
 . 720 
 
 Stabat 
 
 . 772 
 
 Amor 
 
 . 872 
 
 Erit 
 
 . 883 
 
 Languentis 
 
 ,£.11, 69 
 
 
 
 Final Syllables preserved from Elision by the Ccesura, and retaining 
 their natural Quantity, 
 
 Actseo 
 
 E. 2, 24 
 
 Agni 
 
 G. 1, 341 
 
 Pecori 
 
 E. 3, 6 
 
 Radii 
 
 G. 2, 86 
 
 Lauri 
 
 63 
 
 Olece 
 
 . 144 
 
 zHyla 
 
 E. 6, 44 
 
 Pati 
 
 G. 3, 60 
 
 Juniperi > 
 Castanet 5 
 
 E. 7, 53 
 
 Pecori 
 
 . 155 
 
 Ephyre 
 
 G. 4, 343 
 
 Perii 
 
 E. 8, 41 
 
 Getce 
 
 . 463 
 
 Rhodope . 
 
 44 
 
 Samo 
 
 JE.l, 16 
 
 a Aonie 
 
 E.10, 12 
 
 Dardanio . 
 
 . 617 
 
 Lauri 
 
 13 
 
 Matri } 
 
 M.3, 74 
 
 Pecori 
 
 G. 1, 4 
 
 Neptuno I 
 
 Eose 
 
 . 221 
 
 Pereo 
 
 . 606 
 
 Con at i 
 
 . 281 
 
 Spe 
 
 i£. 4, 235 
 
 
 x If viewed as the Greek neuter singular, its final syllable OS is lengthened 
 by the Cscsura ; if as the Latin masculine plural, as in J£n. 2, 95. all is regu- 
 lar, and there is no license. 
 
 y This line might otherwise be scanned — 
 
 Sanct' ad j vos anim' j atqu' isltids j inscia | culpa?, 
 making a diastole in the us otistius. 
 
 z The proper name Ifyla, occurs twice in the line. The one here meant 
 is the second in order, the other is given in the division which succeeds; 
 among the examples of long syllables unelided before vowels and remaining 
 short. 
 
 a Aonie, or Aonia, or Aonice. — However written, the final syllable is 
 preserved from elision by the Csesura, aud continues or is made long. 
 
SYNOPSIS OF POETIC LICENSES, &C. 
 
 87 
 
 £eminfco . 
 
 JE. 4, 667 
 
 Parrhasio 
 
 jE.11, 31 
 
 Colo 
 
 . JE. 5, 735 
 
 Tanti 
 
 . 480 
 
 Cedro 
 
 M. 7, 178 
 
 Genero 
 
 JE. 12, 31 
 
 Oceano 
 
 . 226 
 
 Hyllo 
 
 • 535 
 
 Turrigerae 
 
 . 631 
 
 JE. 9, 291 
 
 
 
 Tui 
 
 
 
 Femineo . 
 
 . 477 
 
 Preserved unellded under different 
 
 Dardanio . 
 
 . 647 
 
 circumstances. 
 
 O, (interj.) 
 
 JE. 10, 18 
 
 Pruna . . 
 
 E. 2, 53 
 
 Buxo 
 
 . 136 
 
 Glauco 
 
 G. 1, 437 
 
 Duel 
 
 . 156 
 
 Dea 
 
 JE. 1, 409 
 
 Long Syllables uhelided before Vowels, and made short. 
 
 0, (interj.) 
 
 E. 2, 65 
 
 Insula 
 
 iE.3,21l 
 
 Vale 
 
 E. 3, 79 
 
 Ilio 
 
 JE. 5, 261 
 
 Hyla 
 
 E. 6, 44 
 
 Te 
 
 JE. 6, 507 
 
 Qui 
 
 E. 8, 108 
 G. 1, 281 
 
 
 
 Pelio 
 
 
 
 Atho 
 
 . 332 
 
 STo which add, 
 
 Panopea» . 
 
 . 437 
 
 Pr(se)eunte 
 
 JE. 5, 186 
 
 Rhodopeice 
 
 G. 4, 461 
 
 Pr(<e)ustis 
 
 JE. 7, 524 
 
 
 Syna 
 
 rests J 3 
 
 
 ~~EA 
 
 
 D(ee)rit. . 
 
 JE. 7,262 
 
 i)rph(ea) . 
 
 E. 6, 30 
 
 D(ee)st . 
 
 JE. 10, 378 
 
 Typho(ea) 
 
 G. 1, 279 
 
 —EI— 
 
 
 Alv(ea)ria 
 
 G. 4, 34 
 
 <* D(ei)nde 
 
 E. 3, 58 
 
 Aur(ea) . 
 
 JE. 1, 698 
 
 Proineth(ei) 
 
 • E. 6, 42 
 
 Aur(ea) . 
 
 JE. 7, 190 
 
 e Ter(ei) . 
 
 . 78 
 
 (ea)dem .. 
 
 M. 10, 487 
 
 Pen(ei) . 
 
 G. 4,355 
 
 — EE 
 
 J)(ee)rraverat 
 
 E. 7, 7 
 
 Orph(ei), dative } 
 
 . 545 
 . 553 
 
 5 D(ee)runt 
 
 G. 2, 200 
 
 Oil(ei) . 
 
 JE. 1, 41 
 
 b I have called all the examples of contraction which are here given, by 
 the general name of Synseresis, deeming it to he the simplest and least 
 perplexing course for the student. Dr. Carey however makes those which 
 are given under EE, and II, contractions by Crasis. 
 
 c In the 233d line of the second book of the Georgics, " Si deerunt ra° 
 rum pecorique et vitibus almisf the first foot may be either a spondee by 
 contraction, (si de), or a dactyl, (si dee), the de becoming short before the 
 following vowel. 
 
 d Tn thirty -seven places, where deinde occurs in Virgil, it is, as here, uni- 
 formly a trochee by Synseresis. 
 
 e Many more examples occur of the genitive in EI from nominatives hi 
 EUS, and in all such cases, Virgil invariably makes the EI a single syllable. 
 
& 
 
 SYNOPSIS OF POETIC LICENSES, &C, 
 
 Aur(ei)s 
 
 Aur(ei)s 
 
 Ferr(ei) 
 
 ,Er(ei) 
 
 Aur(ei)s 
 
 Balt(ei) 
 
 iEr(eij 
 
 (eo)dem 
 Alv(eoj . 
 Mnesth(eo) 
 
 Alv(eo) > 
 
 JE. 1,726 
 JE. 5, 352 
 &. 6, 280 
 M. 7,609 
 ^E. 8, 553 
 iE. 10, 496 
 iE.12, 541 
 
 — EO— 
 
 E. 
 G. 
 
 iE. 
 iE. 
 M. 
 
 Eurysth(eo) 
 Aur(eo) . 
 Alv(eo) . 
 Typho(eo) 
 Aur(eo) . 
 Mnesth(eo) 
 (eo)dem . 
 
 — 1 equivalent to J or 
 
 * Fluv(io)rum 
 
 Stell(fe)t 
 Z Par(i)etibus 
 Ab(i)ete . 
 Par(i)etibus 
 ar(i)ete . 
 .Par(i)etibus 
 Ab(i)ete . 
 Ar(i)ete . 
 Ab(i)ete . 
 Ab(i)etibus 
 Ar(i)etat . 
 
 8, 81 
 
 2 453 
 
 5, 184 
 
 6, 412 
 
 7, 33 
 . 303 
 . 436 
 
 JE. 8,292 
 
 . 372 
 
 iE. 9, 32 
 
 
 
 716 
 
 iE.lC 
 
 116 
 
 
 . 
 
 129 
 
 m. 
 
 12, 
 
 847 
 
 r or 
 
 Y- 
 
 
 G. 
 
 1, 
 
 482 
 
 G. 
 
 4, 
 
 243 
 297 
 
 iE. 
 
 % 
 
 16 
 442 
 
 452 
 
 M. 
 
 5, 
 
 589 
 663 
 
 M. 
 
 7, 
 
 175 
 
 M. 
 
 8, 
 
 599 
 
 m. 
 
 9. 
 
 674 
 
 iE. 
 
 Us 
 
 890 
 
 h PaeonCi'i)!! 
 Ar(i)ete . 
 
 — IA 
 
 Omn(ia) . 
 
 i Precant(i)a 
 
 Pecul(ii) . 
 Tugur(ii) 
 
 D(ii)3 . 
 
 9t(ii) 
 
 Patav(ii) . 
 Lavin(ii) . 
 (ii)sdem . 
 
 (ii)dem«? . 
 
 Memm(ii) 
 Taen(ii)s . 
 Laviu(ii) . 
 M(ihi) . 
 (ii)sdem . 
 Numic(ii) 
 Pae5n(ii)3 
 Numic(ii) 
 (ii)dem 
 Cupitol(ii) 
 Clus(ii) . 
 Mezent(ii) 
 
 Pr(oi)nde£ 
 
 —II— 
 
 —01— 
 
 iE. 12, 401 
 . 706 
 
 iE. 6, 33 
 iE. 7,267 
 
 M. 1, 
 
 G. *2, 
 G. 4, 
 iE. 1, 
 
 JE. 3, 
 
 iE. 5, 
 JE.*6, 
 2E.7, 
 
 m. 8, 
 
 JE 9, 
 iE. 10, 
 jE.11, 
 
 33 
 
 69 
 101 
 564 
 247 
 258 
 654 
 158 
 541 
 564 
 117 
 269 
 
 84 
 123 
 
 70 
 150 
 769 
 797 
 639 
 448 
 167 
 7 
 
 
 iE.il, 383 
 . 400 
 
 — U equivalent to V or W — 
 Ten(u)ia . G. 1, 397 
 
 Ten(u)ia . G. 2, 121 
 
 f Flu-iao might be read as an anapaest, if the anapaest were strictly ad- 
 mis?ible into the hexameter : but it may more properly be read as a spon- 
 dee, ftuw-yo or Jluv-yo. 
 
 g Parieli, aneie, &c. are incorrectly made by some, proceleusmatics. 
 
 h The O is long in this possessive adjective (from P,eon, : P^eonis, Apollo), 
 though short in the gentile Paontiis, (of Paeonia.) — In JEi\. 12, 401. Pcsoni- 
 wn occurs, and the line must be scanned — 
 
 P^o\nv' in mo\rem senior snecinctus amictu, 
 the NI coalescing with the following IN, and forming with it a single syl« 
 lable by Synaeresis, as Stellio et, in Georg. 4, 243. *nd Consilium et, in Ho» 
 pace, Od. 3, 4, 41. 
 
 i A Synaeresis, as in omnia, It is not neeessary in this line to recur to 
 Synapheia, 
 
SYNOPSIS OF POETIC LICENSES, fcc. 
 
 8» 
 
 Tcn(u)is 
 Ten(u)ia 
 GenCu)a 
 Gen(u)a 
 
 S(ua) 
 
 — UA— 
 
 G. 
 
 2, 
 
 180 
 
 G. 
 
 4, 
 
 38 
 
 M. 
 
 5, 
 
 432 
 
 m 
 
 i2, 
 
 905 
 
 E. 
 
 T, 
 
 54 
 
 _UE— 
 
 Suesco, and its compounds, every 
 •where in Virgil, have Sue a 
 single syllable. 
 
 _UU— 
 Curr(uu)m . &. 6, 65% 
 
 Tnstances in which the Diphthong YI eccursM 
 
 Oritti(yi)a 
 Harp(yi)ae I 
 Harp(yi)as 
 
 G. 
 
 JE. 
 
 4,463 
 3,212 
 , 226 
 
 , 249 
 
 Harp(yi)a 
 Harp(yi)» 
 Orith(yi)a 
 
 M. 3,365 
 M. 6,289 
 ■32. 12) 8* 
 
 Aula-Y 
 
 Aura-'i 
 
 ZHtsresis. 
 JE. 3, 354 | Picta-i 
 iE. 6,747 
 
 M. 9, 2€ 
 
 Elision* 
 
 Grav* olentia 
 
 a G. 
 
 4,370 
 
 Sem* animes 
 
 < 
 
 M. 10, 396 
 
 Sem' ustum 
 
 - iE- 
 
 3, 578 
 
 Sem' animis 
 
 • 
 
 . 404 
 
 Sem* animem 
 
 . M. 
 
 4,686 
 
 Sem* animes. 
 
 . 
 
 .£.11,635 
 
 SenV usta . 
 
 • jjE. 
 
 5,697 
 
 Ant* irent 
 
 • 
 
 M.12, 84 
 
 SenV hominia 
 
 o JjE. 
 
 8,194 
 
 Sem'amnu 
 
 « 
 
 . 35g 
 
 Systole. 
 
 Tulerunt . 
 
 * E. 
 
 4, 
 
 61 
 
 Steterunt . 
 
 *» • 
 
 ML 
 
 3, 48 
 
 Miscuerunt 
 
 . G. 
 
 2, 
 
 129 
 
 Constiterunt 
 
 . 
 
 
 . 681 
 
 IVIiscuerunt 
 
 • G. 
 
 3, 
 
 283 
 
 Steterunt 
 
 •. 
 
 iE.M 
 
 Steterunt i 
 
 .. JE. 
 
 2, 
 
 774 
 
 
 
 
 
 Humo(rera 
 Morri(da . 
 
 Bynapheia. 
 
 G. 1, 295 I Calorem^ie • G. 2, 344 
 G. 2, 69 I Cupressos(que . • 443 
 
 k^ These are added, not as examples of poetic license, (since the YI is 
 •Originally a diphthong in these Greek names), hut merely to put the student 
 m his guard, that he may not confound thenvwnji the examples of$jj$t&>. 
 ^ >shich Qccur so frequently in Virgil. 
 
 H2 
 
90 SYNOPSIS OF POETIC LICENSES, 8cC. 
 
 Ferarum(que . G. 3, 242 Rudentes(que 
 
 Totas(que . . 377 Cadenti(que 
 
 Sulfu(ra . . . 449 Latino (rum 
 
 Locorum(que . i£. 1, 332 Latin is (que 
 
 !NeX2e(que . . 448 Omnem(que 
 
 Deorum(que . M. 2, 745 <;olorem(que 
 
 Colorem(que . M. 4, 558 Coelum(que 
 
 3V*epotes(que , M. 4, 629 Latin i (que 
 
 Lacertos(que * M. 5, 422 Frementes(que 
 
 5,753 
 
 6,602 
 
 7, 160 
 470 
 
 8, 228 
 
 9, 650 
 M. 10, 781 
 
 . 895 
 iE. 11, 609 
 
 M. 
 
 SECT. XXVI. 
 
 OF METRE. 
 
 METRE, in its general sense, means an arrangement of 
 syllables and feet in verse, according to certain rules; and 
 in this sense applies not only to an entire verse, but to a part 
 of a verse, or any number of verses. But a metre, in a spe- 
 cific sense, means a combination of two feet, and sometimes 
 one foot only. 
 
 The metres employed in Latin poetry are the Dactylic, 
 the Anapaestic, the Iambic, the Trochaic,, the Choriambic, 
 and the Ionic measures. 
 
 These have received their respective names, from the 
 frequent occurrence in them of some particular foot; and it 
 is supposed that each species was originally composed of 
 those feet only from which it is denominated, but that others, 
 equal in time, were afterwards admitted under certain re- 
 strictions. They are, however, often called after the name of 
 some celebrated poet, who used a particular species of verse, 
 as Sapfihic, Alcaic, Anacreontic, Hififionactic, &c. and they 
 are sometimes also classed according to the number of feet 
 or measures which they contain, as Qctonarius, Senarius, 
 Hexameter, Pentameter, Tetrameter, Trimeter, Dimeter, 
 «Manometer, 
 
 In Anapaestic, Iambic, and Trochaic verse, a metre con- 
 sists of two feet ; in the remainder, one foot constitutes a 
 metre. 
 
 With regard to the difference between Rhythm and Metre, 
 It may here suffice to observe, that the former relates to the 
 quantity of the syllables in a foot, as far as "respects the time 
 required in the pronunciation of them, each long syllable be- 
 itrg considered equal in lime to two short ones \ whereas the 
 
OF METRE. 9 1 
 
 iatter includes both the time and order of syllables, and does 
 not aamit the same interchange of feet as rhythm. 
 If in the following dactylic line for example, 
 
 Panditur | inter e\a domus | omnip,o\tentU 0\lymfii T 
 the dactyls be confounded in this manner, 
 
 Omnifio\tentis 0\lymfii | fianditur \ intere\a domus, 
 the metre will be entirely destroyed, inasmuch as its laws 
 require a dactyl in the fifth, and a spondee in the sixth 
 places, and we shall have an anapaestic line in its stead, but 
 the rhythm will still remain the same, there being an equal 
 number of times contained in the anapaest and in the dactyl/. 
 
 SECT. XXVII. 
 
 OF VERSE. 
 
 A Verse is a certain number of feet disposed in a regular 
 order, and forming a line of poetry. 1 
 
 A Hemistich is, properly speaking, a half verse ; the name 
 however is commonly applied to either portion of an hexa- 
 meter line divided at the penthemimeris ; as, 
 
 JEre ciere viros, \\ Martemque accendere cantu. 
 
 Scanning 10 is the dividing of a verse into the feet of which 
 it is composed, and the assigning of their proper quantity to 
 the respective syllables of each foot. 
 
 Verses are denominated acatalectic, catalectic, brachyca- 
 talectic, hypercatalectic or hypermeter, and acephalous. 11 
 
 1 The term verse {versus) is derived from the verb vertere, to turn, be- 
 cause verses being arranged in lines, when the reader reaches the end of 
 one, he must turn necessarily to the beginning of another. The Greeks 
 term it 'rrt%cs, ordo, on. account of the arrangement -of the lines; and 
 from HfAHrvQ) dimidius, and o-n^ogy or do vel versus, comes «ju/ct^iov, 
 hemistichiumy a hemistich or halt" verse. 
 
 m Scansio, from scander e, to climb—as if ascending a ladder, step by- 
 step. Vide Claudian, Epig. 29. " In podagrum." 
 
 n Acatalectic (^ata^jixt^oj) from a, priv. anil attrAKnyuv, desi- 
 nefe; denoting a vers that proceeds onwards to its destined end without 
 slopping. Catalectic (KuraxmtriKOs) one that stops by the way. Bra= 
 chycatalectic (fizct^UKXVsLKiix.rix.ss) from &£&%?£> brevis, and KctTcthH- 
 fyuv j a verse which not only stops before it reaches its true destination, but 
 is curtailed still more, and rendered still shorter, than the catalectic, Hyper- 
 
£2 OF VERSE. 
 
 An acatalectic verse is that, which contains its exact num- 
 ber o* feet and syllables ; as the following, which is Iambic 
 tjimeter acatalectic. 
 
 Must | Jovis j 8untfi\li& .| 
 
 A catalectic verse is that, which wants one syllable at the 
 end to complete the measure ; as the following, which is 
 Iambic dimeter catalectic. 
 
 Muses | Jovem \ cane\bant, ~ | 
 
 A brachycatalectic verse is that, which wants two syllables 
 at the end to complete the measure; as the following, which 
 is Iambic dimeter brachycatalectic. 
 
 Must j Jovis j gnatcz | — — j 
 
 A hypercatalectic or hypermeter verse is that, which has 
 something more than its just measure, whether this surplus 
 be a syllable, as in the following line, 
 
 Musa | sord\res sunt | Miner\v&. 
 or whether it be an entire foot, as in the following, 
 Musa | soro\res Pdl\ladis \ lugent. 
 
 These lines are called Iambic dimeter hypercatalectic or 
 hypermeter. 
 
 An acephalous verse is that, which wants a syllable at the 
 beginning; as the following, which is called Acephalous 
 Iambic dimeter. 
 
 JNon | ebur j negue au\reu?n\ 
 
 DACTYLIC MEASURES. 
 
 I. The principal dactylic measure is the Heroic orHexa* 
 meter, consisting of six feet, whereof the fifth is a dactyl and 
 
 eatalectic (t/7re£*etT*Ax*Tfxe?) from V7ng> super, &c. ; denoting a verse 
 which has something more than its true measure, or the end where it ought 
 to terminate. Hypermeter (tVig^ugrgo?) from vTig, super, and /ufTgov> 
 mensura ; a verse that ha» something beyond the true measure. Acepha- 
 lous (et»»#AAo?) from c£ y priv. and Hipzw, caput? a verse wanting a 
 fcead, that is, an initial syllable. 
 
 o The term hexameter is derived from fff> sex, and /utT£ov> mensura, 
 The student will remember, that in Anapaestic, Tambic, and Trochaic verse* 
 a metre is eouivaltat to fm fett, but that in the res*, one foot constitutes a 
 aaetre. 
 
€>F VERSE» 9^ 
 
 the sixth a spondee, while each of the other four feet may be 
 either a dactyl or spondee, at the pleasure of the writer ; as, 
 
 Virg. Sic abe\itnt rede\untque me\i vari\dntque ti\mores. 
 
 Catul. Et gudm\vis te\cum mui\to con\jungerer \ usu. 
 
 Sometimes however, in a solemn, majestic, or mournful 
 description, or in expressing astonishment, consternation, 
 vastness of size, 8cc. a spondee is admitted in the fifth foot, 
 and the line is thence denominated Spondaic ; as, 
 
 Virg. Cara deum soboles, magnum Jovis \ incre\mentum. 
 
 Idem. Constitit) atque oculis Phrygia agmina | clrcumj 
 sfiexit. 
 
 Catul. JEquore<z monstrum Nereides | 8bdmi\rantes. 
 
 Manil. Scorfiius ingentem jierterruit \ Ov\\ona. 
 
 Spondaic lines should be used sparingly and with caution, 
 as their too frequent recurrence is disagreeable and tiresome. 
 They ought also to have the fourth foot a dactyl, or the line 
 will be too prosaic. 
 
 According to some prosodians, the proceleusmatic and 
 anapaest are occasionally admitted into the hexameter. It 
 is more correct however, in all such cases, to resort to 
 Synaerasis. 
 
 The beauty and harmony of hexameter verse, depend in 
 a very great degree upon the Caesura. — In its application to 
 single feet, the Caesura has already been explained ; it only 
 remains to consider it with reference to whole verses, in 
 which acceptation it may be styled, for distinction sake, the 
 Caesural pause. 
 
 The Caesural pause most approved of in heroic poetry, 
 was that which took place after the penthemimeris. This 
 was particularly distinguished as THE Heroic Caesural 
 pause. Thus, 
 
 Virg. At dnmus | interior \\ regali sfilendida luxu. 
 Idem. Julius \ a ??iag\no |] demissum nomen lido. 
 
 Instead however of the Caesural pause at the exact pen- 
 themimeris, a different division was equally admitted as he- 
 roic, which took place after a trochee in the third foot; as, 
 
 Virg. Effigi\em si&tu\ere \\ nefas qua triste fiiaret. 
 Idem. Tecta me\tu fitti\b^ || ruunt de montihus amne$r 
 
94 OF VERSE. 
 
 The Csesural pause after the hepkthemimeris was also 
 approved of as heroic. Thus, 
 
 Virg. Arbori\busque sa\tisque Ac|tus, || fiecorique sinister. 
 Idem. Hand mora \firosilu\ere az/|is: \\ferit (Zthera clamor, 
 
 In some instances we find lines with a Csesural pause at 
 the triemimeris, and another at the hephthemimeris — the 
 first slighter than the second, but both combined producing 
 a beautiful effect ; as, 
 
 Tibul. Di fiatrii, \\fiurgamus agros,\\ fiurgamus agrestes. 
 Virg. Prima tenet \\\fuausuque volat,\\fremituque secundo. 
 
 The Csesural pause the least approved of in heroic poetry, 
 was that which divided the verse exactly into halves, since it 
 gave the line an undignified air, and degraded it to a Pria- 
 pean ; as, 
 
 Virg. Cui non | dictus Hy\las fiuer, || et Latonia Delos.' 
 Idem. Exfde\ri men\tem ?ieqnit, || ardescitque tuendo. 
 
 The Caesural pause between the fourth and fifth feet, was 
 considered by grammarians as peculiarly adapted to pastoral 
 poetry, more especially when the fourth foot was a dactyl i 
 and it was termed from this circumstance, the Bucolic Cse- 
 sural pause ; as, 
 
 Calpurn. Idas | lanige\ri do?ni\?ius gregts, || jfstacus horti, 
 Auson. Commu\nis Pajihi\e dea J slderis. || et deajioris. 
 
 Hexameter verse is the most ancient, as well as the most 
 dignified and harmonious, of all poetic measures. It is ge- 
 nerally employed in the recital of great and splendid actions, 
 though capable of being adapted with great success even to 
 subjects of a familiar nature, as has been strikingly illus- 
 trated in the neglected hexameters of Horace. The Satires 
 and Epistles of this poet, do not indeed possess the majesty 
 and cadence of Virgilian versification, and yet are marked 
 by numerous and peculiar beauties, directly resulting from 
 the studied negligence of their composition, and equally in- 
 dicative of the abilities of the poet, and the variety and 
 powers of the language in which they are written. 
 
 2. The Hexameter Meiurus,P is a defective hexameter, 
 having an Iambus in the sixth foot instead of a spondee ; as, 
 
 p Meiurus, from {s.*icv£oc> cut cauda diminuia est et truncata. The 
 hexameter meiurus does not deserve the name of a distinct species of verse j 
 
OF VERSE. 95 
 
 Liv. Andron. Dirige o\doris\equos ad J certa cu\bilia | canes. 
 
 3. The Priapean is also usually accounted a species of 
 hexameter, so constructed, as to be divisible into two por- 
 tions of three feet each, having a trochee generally in the 
 first and fourth feet, and sometimes an amphimacer in the 
 third ; as, 
 
 Catul. co\lonia \ qua cufiis || flonte \ ludere \ longo. 
 
 A preferable mode of scanning it however is, to make the 
 first hemistich a Glyconic, and the second a Pherecratic 
 verse, and thus to consider the line, not as forming one dac- 
 tylic verse, but as composed of two Choriambics. 
 
 4. The Pentameters consists of five feet, whereof the first 
 and second may be either a dactyl or spondee at pleasure, 
 the third must always be a spondee, the fourth and fifth? 
 anapaests ; as, 
 
 Tibul. Te tene\am mori\ens de\ficien\te manii, 
 Ovid. Et mul\tos il\lic Hec\toras es\se fiuta. 
 
 The more usual, though not the more correct mode of 
 scanning the pentameter, is this : to make, first, two feet, as 
 in the former case, then a long syllable, and finally two dac- 
 tyls followed by another long syllable ; as, 
 
 Te tene\am mori\ens |j defici\ente ma\nu. 
 Et mul\tbs il\lic \\ Hectoras J esse pu\td. 
 
 The only advantage attending this latter mode is, that it 
 diminishes, in a very great degree, the risk of neglecting 
 the penthemimeral csesural pause, in the composition of 
 Latin pentameters» 
 
 The pentameter must always be so constructed as to have 
 the Csesural pause after the pentbemimeris, and thus be 
 divisible into two equal portions of two feet and a half each, 
 the middle spondee being composed of a semifoot remaining 
 at the end of a preceding word, and a semifoot from the be- 
 
 it should rather be regarded as a vicious and defective hexameter. Livius 
 AndronTcus is said to have composed such lines, which he mixed alternately 
 with perfect hexameters» Only two of them remain. 
 
 q From Trevre, quinqiie, and /uer^ov, rnensura. The very name shows 
 the inaccuracy of that mode of scanning the verse, by which it is divided into 
 only four feet. In defence of the other mode, the authority of Quintilian 
 may be cited, who mentions the spondee as the middle foot, and the ana- 
 ptest as terminating the line, (9, 4.) 
 
96 OF VERSE. 
 
 ginning of the following word : unless this be done, it will 
 not be a legitimate pentameter. Hence the following line 
 Jias been justly condemned : — 
 
 Inter nostroa genti/fs oberrat equus. 
 
 Pentameter verses are rarely used alone. They are most 
 commonly joined in alternate succession with hexameters, 
 forming what is termed Elegiac 1 verse. 
 
 5. The jEolic Pentameter consists of four dactyls, pre- 
 ceded by a spondee, a trochee* or an iambus ; as, 
 
 Terentian. Edi\dit tuba j terribi\l£m »6n%\tum firocul. 
 
 This measure is so called from the i£olian poetess Sappho, 
 who invented it. Sometimes the first foot was a dactyl. 
 
 6. The Phalaecian Pentameter consists of a dactylic pen- 
 diemimeris, followed by a dactyl and a spondee ; as, 
 
 Boeth. Vise\bdt gelt\da \ sidera \ brume. 
 
 This measure, like the jEolic pentameter, admits a tro* 
 chee in the first place ; and besides the trochee, Boethius 
 uses the iambus in the first and second places ; as, 
 
 Hie e\riim cau\$ds \ ctmere \ firomfttum est. 
 
 Illic | laren\tes \ ficctdra \ turbdnt. 
 
 Stupe 1 1 cum suhi\tu j mobile \ vulgus. Boethius» 
 
 This measure derives its name from the poet Phalaecus, 
 who invented it. It is also, though less correctly, called 
 Phaleucian. 
 
 7. The Tetrameter a firiore, or Alcmanian dactylic tetra- 
 meter, consists of the first four feet of an hexameter, with 
 merely this difference, that the fourth foot is always a dactyl ; 
 as, 
 
 Boeth. Desufier \ In ter\rd?n nbx \funditur. 
 
 This measure was frequently used in tragic choruses. 
 
 r Elegiac verse, was so called from the Greek (Xiyti&Kce, whieh is de- 
 rived from *Ktyoty lamentatio, and this last is said to come, ano tov, t \ 
 i<\yuV) " from the weeping of mourners." Hence the well known Hnes of 
 Ovid— 
 
 u Flebilis indignos Elege'ia solve capillos^ 
 Heu ninvis ex vero mine tibi nomen evil? 
 
01? VERSE*. 97 
 
 8. The Tetrameter a fiosteriore, or Spondaic tetrameter, 
 consists of the last four feet of an hexameter; as, 
 
 Horat. Certus e\nim firo\misit J\fldU6. 
 
 Sometimes, as in the hexameter, a spondee occupies the 
 last place but one ; in which case, the preceding foot ought 
 to be a dactyl, or the line will be too heavy ; as, 
 
 Horat. Menso\rem cohi\bent Ar\chytd. 
 
 9. The Tetrameter Meiurus or Faliscan, consists of the 
 last four feet of the hexameter meiurus ; as, 
 
 Boeth. Falce ru\bos fili\cemgue re\secdt. 
 
 10. The Tetrameter Acephalous, is the tetrameter a flos* 
 teriore, wanting the first semifoot; as, 
 
 Boeth. Qui | se volet | esse fld\tentem. 
 
 This measure, however, may perhaps be more properly 
 regarded as Anapaestic dimeter catalectic. 
 
 11. TheTetrameter Catalectic, is the tetrameter aflriore, 
 wanting the last semifoot ; as, 
 
 Prudent. Nostra de'\us cdnet ] harmoni\d. 
 Boeth. Hie clau\sit mem\bris dnt\mds. 
 
 k Boethius, in this measure, mixes spondees with the dactyls ; 
 but it was more usual to employ all dactyls. 
 
 12. The Dactylic Trimeter, consists of the last three feet 
 of an hexameter ; as, 
 
 Horat. Grdto \ Pyrrha sub ] dntrv. 
 
 But the lines which are usually thus denominated, are 
 with greater propriety included in the class of Choriambics, 
 and ranked under Pherecratics. 
 
 13. The Trimeter Catalectic, or Archilochian penthemi- 
 meris,is an heroic penthemimeris, or the first five half feet of 
 an hexameter; as, 
 
 Horat. Arbori\busque co\mte. 
 
 Horace uniformly observes this construction, viz. two dac- 
 tyls and a semifoot. Ausonius, however, sometimes makes 
 the first foot a spondee, and twice uses a spondee in the se- 
 
9f$ OF VERSE. 
 
 eond place ; but the spondee injures the harmony of the 
 verse. * 
 
 14. The Dactylic Dimeter, or Adonic, consists of two feet, 
 a dactyl and a spondee ; as, 
 Horat. Risit j}\fidlld. 
 
 This measure was called Adonic, because used in the 
 lamentations for Adonis. — Sappho is said to have written 
 entire poems in it, now lost. — Boethius has a piece of thirty- 
 one Adonic lines, Lib. 1, metr. 7. s 
 
 ANAPAESTIC MEASURES. 
 
 15. The Anapaestic Monometer, or anapaestic measure, 
 consists of two anapaests ; as, 
 
 ululas\se canes. Seneca. 
 
 But the first foot was very frequently changed to a dactyl, 
 often to a sppndee ; and the second foot, often to a spondee, 
 and in a few instances to a dactyl ; as, 
 
 Fundite \Jte!us y 
 
 JEdite | filanctus. 
 
 Flngite \ luetics. 
 
 Resonet \ trlstl 
 
 Cldmo\re Jorum. Seneca. 
 
 16. The Anapaestic Dimeter consists of two anapaestic 
 measures, or four feet ; as, c 
 
 Pharetr<x\que graves \\ date s(t\vaferd. 
 
 Quanti \ casus || huma\na rbtant I Seneca. 
 
 IT. The Anapaestic Dimeter Catalectic, consists of three 
 feet, properly anapaests, followed by a catalectic syllable. 
 
 s See remarks upon the " Sapphic" measure, 31. 
 
 t No Latin poet ever wrote anapsestics necessarily consisting of four 
 anapsssts (with the exception of a few in Seneca and Ausonias^ but they all 
 appear to have intended their anapaestics for single measures or mono- 
 meters, leaving the reader to connect or disjoin them as the sense might 
 require, or his own judgement dictate. Convenience in printing however is 
 answered by the division into dimeters, and hence they are generally ex- 
 hibited in this form, in editions of ancient authors. 
 
OF VERSE. 99 
 
 The Spondee however was admissible into the first and se* 
 cond places ; as, 
 
 Uiinam | modo nos\trd redi\rent 
 
 In mo\res tem\fi6rd fi?-is\cds. Boeth. 
 
 18. The Archebulic Anapaestic 11 (so named from its in- 
 ventor Archebulus) consists of four anapaests, followed by a 
 bacchius ; as, 
 
 Tibi nds\citur 6?n\ne fiecus, j tibi cres\ctt fuzdus* 
 
 1 9. The Anapaestic Tetrameter Catalectic, consists of seven 
 feet (properly anapaests) and a catalectic syllable. The ana- 
 paest however is every where alterable to a spondee or dac- 
 tyl, and sometimes to a proceleusmatic. This measure is 
 sometimes termed Aristophanic, because frequently used in 
 Greek by the poet Aristophanes. No examples of this spe- 
 cies of verse occur in Latin ; it may be formed however, by 
 prefixing to the common dactylic hexameter, a foot and a 
 half; as, 
 
 Rapidis | sima qua\drufiedan\te fiutrlm j soriitu \ qudtit un\ 
 
 guld cdm\fium. 
 Piulcherjrima re\gw So\tis erdt j suhli\mibus dl\td colum\ 
 
 nis t 
 
 With regard to the Anapaestic verse it may be observed, 
 that Monometers and Dimeters are generally so constructed 
 as to allow of their being read in lines of two, four, or more 
 feet, without the division of a word, through the difference 
 of arrangement. The Tragic Anapaestics, however, do not 
 seem to have been confined to a definite length, but to have 
 been extended by Synapheia, to whatever length suited the 
 poet's convenience ; suddenly breaking off at the close of a 
 period, or pause in the sense, and leaving at the end a single 
 foot or half-foot ; afterwards beginning a new series or para- 
 graph, running on and terminating as before ; but in such a 
 manner, that in the course of each series or paragraph, the 
 final syllable of every anapaest, if not naturally long, is, un- 
 der the influence of synapheia, rendered iong by the con- 
 course of consonants. For the anapaest consisting of two 
 
 u There are no poems now extant in this measure. The line given 
 above, is one framed by Terentianus Maurus, to exemplify this species of 
 verse. 
 
J 00 
 
 OF VERSE. 
 
 short syllables followed by a long one, receives a fuller pro- 
 nunciation upon the final syllable than any other foot, and 
 the pause at the termination of the verse is not sufficient for 
 that purpose, unless the syllable be long, or stand at the 
 c en elusion of a sentenced 
 
 IAMBIC MEASURES. 
 
 iambic verses are scanned by measures of two feel ; it 
 having been usual in reciting them, to make a short pause 
 at the end of every second foot, with an emphasis on its final 
 syllable. 
 
 20. The Iambic Trimeter (called also, from the number 
 of its feet, Senarius) consists of three Iambic measures, or 
 six feet, properly all iambi, and having the Caesural pau^e 
 roost commonly after the fifth semifoot ; as, 
 
 Catul. Phasellus i!\\le ' quern \vide\\tie hos\fii(es. 
 
 The pure Iambic measure however was seldom used by 
 the Latin poets. In order to render composition less diffi- 
 cult, and, by producing delay, to give the verses more gra- 
 vity and dignity, spondees were admitted into the odd places, 
 that is, into the first, third, and fifth. In every foot also, ex- 
 cept the last, which was always an iambus, a long syllable 
 was often changed into two short ones ; so that an anapaest or 
 a dactyl was often used for a spondee, and a tribrac for an 
 iambus. Sometimes too, in the first station, a proceleusma- 
 lic occupied the place of a spondee. The scale of the mixed 
 Iambic Trimeter is therefore as follows : — 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 k* U mm 
 
 
 - M " 
 
 
 
 x See Clarke's note on II. A, 51. 
 
OF VERSE. 161 
 
 The reason why the even places were reserved for the 
 iambus in preference to the spondee, seems to have been 
 this, that by placing the spondee first, and having the iambus 
 to follow, greater emphasis would be given to the conclud- 
 ing syllable of each measure, on which the ictus and pause 
 took place; the difference of time causing the ear to be 
 more sensibly affected when the long syllable is immediately 
 preceded by a short, than when two long syllables stand to- 
 gether. 
 
 By the Tragic Poets the pure Iambic measure was little 
 ^sed, it being considered as too light for the dignity of Tra- 
 gic composition, and in lieu of the iambus, the spondee* 
 dactyl, and anapaest, were freely used in the first, third, and 
 fifth places. 
 
 The writers of comedy, satire, and fables, allowed them- 
 selves a still greater license. They admitted the spondee, 
 and its equivalents, the dactyl and anapaest, into the second 
 and fourth places^ as well as the first, third, and fifth. The 
 last place however still remained as before, always an iam- 
 bus; as, 
 
 Fetron. Tuo \fiala\\td clau\sus fid\\vd ']ias\citiir. 
 
 Phsedr. Jfmit\tit meri\\to fir6firi\um qui ali\\enum afi\(ietit\ 
 
 Idem. Pares\dum non \\sint ves\tr<zfdr\\tfoii\dvni^ 
 
 The effect of this arrangement is to render these compo^ 
 sitions more familiar in their style, and to bring them nearer 
 to the level of prose.. 
 
 21. The Scazon or Choliambus/ (Claudicant, or lame 
 Iambic, so named, because in it the cadence is inverted or 
 maimed as it were, by the change of feet in the last two, 
 places,) is the Iambic Trimeter, with a spondee instead of 
 an iambus in the sixth place ; and, lest the verse should be- 
 come too heavy if a spondee were admitted into the fifth, 
 place also, having generally, in that place, an iambus ; as, 
 Cur in \ thea\\triim Cato \. seve\\re ve\nisti ?: 
 An ide\6. tan\\tum ve\ner.ds \\ ut ex\ires ? Mart.. 
 
 This species of verse is also called the Hipponactic Tri- 
 meter, from its inventor the satyrical poet Hipponax. It 
 
 y Scazon, from <ra*.£»y, cla udi cans.— Choliambus, from X®\&h. claih 
 ins, aad Ict^Ce?, Iambus, 
 
K)2 OF VERSE. 
 
 was chiefly employed in satyrical composition, and was much 
 used for this purpose by Martial, as well as others, 
 
 22. The Saturnian Trimeter, is an Iambic Trimeter Hy- 
 permeter, with a violation of the Iambic law, by having a 
 spondee in the fourth place ; as, 
 
 Ter. Maur. Dabunt \ malum \\MetU\li Na\\vio \floe\\ta. 
 
 It may be scanned however in two divisions, the first 
 Iambic, the latter Trochaic ; as, 
 
 Dabunt j malum \ Metel\li \\ Navi\o fio\eta. 
 
 An arrangement which produces no violation of rule, the 
 final syllable of each verse being common. 
 
 23. The Iambic Tetrameter, or Octonarius, or Quadra- 
 ins, a measure used by the comic poets, consists of eight 
 feet, or four measures. These feet are properly all Iambi ; 
 they are subject however to the same variations as the 
 Iambic Trimeter ; as, 
 
 Terent. Sdne\fwl is\\ta te j m\ilen\\ta est mulz\er It || temerd\ 
 
 rid. 
 Idem. Nunc hic\dies\\dlidm\vitam dd\\fert, ali\6s md\\ 
 
 res ftos\tuldt t 
 Idem. Patere\tur : nam || quern fer\ret y si\\/idren\tetn non\\ 
 
 ferret j suum. 
 Idem. Lend j sutw, fate\\6r, per\nicies \\ commu\nis ddo\\ 
 
 lescen\tium. 
 Idem. Ciijus j nunc mi$e\\ra sfies j o/ies\\que sunt J in te v.\\ 
 
 no Qjnnes j sit a, 
 
 24. The Iambic Tetrameter Catalectic, (called likewise 
 Ilipponactic, from its inventor Hipponax,) is the Iambic 
 Tetrameter, deprived of its final syllable, and always having 
 an Iambus in the seventh place. The pure Iambic however 
 was seldom used, and in this the same variations were ad- 
 missible as in the Trimeter and Tetrameter ; as, 
 
 Catul. Defiren\sa nd^vts in j marl |j vesd\nien\\te ven\to. 
 Terent. Aon fios\sum sdti\\ ndrrd\re quds\\ludos\ flra- 
 
 6ae\\ri3 in\tus„ 
 
 25. The Iambic Trimeter Catalectic or Archilochian, is 
 t^e Iambic U-k&eter, wanting the final syllable. It contains 
 
OF VERSE, 
 
 105 
 
 five feet (properly all iambi) followed by a catalectic syl- 
 lable; as, 
 
 Horat. V6ca\tus dt\\que non \voca\\tus au\dit. 
 
 It admits, however, like the common Iambic trimeter, the 
 spondee into the first and third places, but not into the fifth, 
 which would render the line too heavy ; as, 
 
 Horat. Trahiint\que sic\\cas ?nd\chind>\\cdri\nds. 
 Prud. N6nnv.l\la quer\\cu sunt | cdvd\\ta et ul\\mo. 
 
 Terentianus Maurus prefers the following mode of scan-, 
 ning this kind of verse : 
 
 Trdhurit\que slc\cds\\mdchi\na cd\rinds. 
 
 26. The Iambic Dimeter, consists of two Iambic mea- 
 sures or four feet, properly all iambi ; as, 
 
 Horafc. Perun\xit h6c\\Id\sonem. 
 
 It admits however the same variations as the Trimeter. 
 The following is the scale : — 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 Horace, however, much more frequently employs a spon- 
 dee than any other foot in the third place. 
 
 The Iambic Dimeter is also called the Archilochian Di- 
 meter, from the poet Archilochus, its inventor. 
 
 27. The Iambic Dimeter Hypermeter, (called likewise 
 Archilochian,) is the Iambic Dimeter, with an additional 
 syllable at the end ; as, 
 
 Horat. Rede\gtt dd\\veros j tinio\\ves. 
 Idem. Ornd\re fiul\\vindr | ded\\run\. 
 
 Horace frequently uses this measure in conjunction with 
 the Alcaic, and uniformly has the third foot a spondee. For 
 the line which occurs, Od. 2, 19, 15. 
 
 Disjecta non levi ruina y 
 
104 
 
 OF VEHSE. 
 
 has been corrected by Bentley from MSS. as follows : — 
 
 Disjecta non leni ruina. 
 
 Alcaeus however, in the Greek stanza regularly uses the 
 iambus in the third place. 
 
 28. The Iambic Dimeter Acephalous, is the Iambic Dimeter 
 wanting the first syllable 5 as, 
 
 Horat. Non \ ebur \\ negue au\reum. 
 Prud. D6\nd con\\scien\tla. 
 
 This kind of verse is sometimes, though improperly, scanned 
 as Catalectic Trochaic Dimeter. 
 
 Non e\bur ne\Yjue aure\um* 
 Dona I consci\\enti\a. 
 
 29. The Iambic Dimeter Catalectic or Anacreontic, from 
 the poet Anacreon, who wrote in this measure in Greek — 1 
 called also Dimeter Claudus, is the Iambic Dimeter, want- 
 ing the final syllable, and consists, properly, of three iambi, 
 and a catalectic syllable ; as, 
 
 jnus \re-cdc\\ta vi\no. 
 
 Tremen\tibus \\ label\lis. Petron. 
 
 It admits, however, the tribrac, amphimacer, spondee, and 
 anapaest, into the first place ; in the third, it suffers no varia*- 
 tion, at least in Latin 5 as, 
 
 Lex hac | data est jj cadu\cis y 
 
 Deo \juben\\te mem\brls^ 
 
 Ut tem\fieret \\ labo\rem 
 
 Medic a\bilis \\ volu/i\taso Prudent 
 
 MsXttcjaou | {ohv || Os^iloy.. Anacreon.. 
 
 30. The Galliambus (so denominated from the Galli y m 
 priests of Cybeie, by whom it was used) consists of an Iambic 
 Dimeter Catalectic, whose first foot is generally a spondee or 
 an anapaest, and another such Dimeter, wanting the last syl- 
 lable — the Catalectic syllable at the end of the first Dimeter 
 being long ; as, 
 
 Catul. Sufier at\ta vec\tus J\tys \\ celeri | rate ma\rido. 
 
 This verse admit* of the following variations *— 
 
OT VERSE. 
 
 105 
 
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 
 
 u u w w 
 
 The anapaest however was generally preferred to the spon- 
 dee in both divisions of the verse, particularly the latter, ancj 
 the penultimate foot of the whole line was most commonly a 
 tribrac. 
 
 TROCHAIC MEASURES. 
 
 Although Iambics and Trochaics seem directly opposite in 
 their nature, yet there exists in reality a strong affinity be- 
 tween them. If, for example, a syllable be added to, or taken 
 from the beginning of a pure Iambic line, it becomes a pure 
 Trochaic ; and if, on the contrary, a syllable be added to, or 
 taken from a pure Trochaic line, it becomes a pure Iambic* 
 
 31. The Trochaic Tetrameter Catalectic or Octonarius, 
 consists of seven feet, properly all trochees, followed by a 
 catalectic syllable ; as, 
 
 Catul. Jussus | est %n\ermis | ire : Wfiiiriis | ire \jussus \ est. 
 
 This is the most common trochaic metre, and may, in con- 
 formity with what has already been observed, be converted 
 into an Iambic Octonarius, by the addition of a syllable to the 
 beginning. 
 
 The pure Trochaic Tetrameter however very rarely occurs. 
 The verse admits in the odd places, a trochee, or a tribrac ; 
 but in the last place, a trochee only : in the even places, be- 
 sides the trochee and tribrac, it admits also a spondee, a dac- 
 tyl, an anapaest, and, though seldom, a proceleusmatic. It 
 rejects the iambus, as the iambic does the trochee. The tri- 
 brac very rarely occurs in the sixth place, and never in the 
 seventh, except in a few instances in comedy. The dactyl 
 rarely appears in the fourth. The following is the scale : — 
 
 z The Port-Royal Grammarian asserts that there are no Trochaic verses, 
 properly so called; but that those which eommoniy go by this name* arq 
 in reality Acephalous Iambics, 
 
106 
 
 OF VERSE. 
 
 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 
 
 _ V W fc. v w ■» Xf .U 
 
 V W W w V - V WW V w V 
 
 The Comic writers took the same liberties with. this, as with 
 the Iambic measure, introducing the spondee and its equiva- 
 lents into the even places. 
 
 This measure was much used in hymns. The Caesural 
 pause uniformly occurs after the fourth foot, dividing the verse 
 into a Trochaic Dimeter Acatalectic, and a Trochaic Dimeter 
 Catalectic. One division of the chorus sang the former, the 
 other the latter. 
 
 The following lines will serve to show the peculiar beauty 
 and melody which this species of verse often possesses : — 
 
 Prud. Made, judex mortuorum^W macte^ rex viventium, 
 M. Cap. Scande cczli temfila, virgo^\\ digna lanto fcedere. 
 Prud. Solve vocem, mens, sonoram j || solve linguam mo- 
 
 hilem. 
 Idem. Terra,) ccelum, fossa fionti, \\ trina rerum machina» 
 Catul. Bomulxas ipsa fecit || cum Sabinis nuptias. 
 
 32. The Sapphic verse, called after the poetess Sappho, 
 who invented it, consists of five feet, the first a trochee, the 
 second a spondee, the third a dactyl, and the fourth and fifth, 
 trochees; as, 
 
 Horat. Dejlu\it sax\is agi\tdtu§ | humor. 
 
 Sappho however, and after her example, Catullus, sometimes 
 made the second foot a trochee ; as, 
 
 SappbO. T\cU Ai|d; ^«JXOTXOKE, \i(T(T0^OLi <TU 
 
 Catul. Pauca | nuntfj«fc mece puellce. 
 
 But Horace invariably adheres to the spondee in the second 
 place, which greatly increases the harmony of the line. 
 
 Seneca furnishes instances of a dactyl in the second place j as^ 
 Sen. Qu&que ad | Hesperi|as jacet ora metus. 
 Idem. Sume\re mnumejras soiitumjiguras. 
 
OF VERSE. 107 
 
 But perhaps Hesfierias, and innumeras, should be read as 
 trisyllables. a 
 
 Sappho accompanied every three of these verses with an 
 Adonic line, and in this she has been imitated by Horace, Ca- 
 tullus, and others, but not by Seneca, who, in the choruses to 
 his tragedies, often gives a considerable number of successive 
 Sapphics, without any Adonic. 
 
 Those Sapphic lines are the most harmonious, which have 
 the Csesural pause at the penthemimeris ; as, 
 Inte|ger vi|tse || scele|risque | purus. 
 Non e|get Mau|ri || jacu|lis nee | arcu. 
 Nee ve|nenanjtis || gravida sa|gittis 
 
 Fusee pha|retra. Horat. 
 
 On the contrary, those which are without it, are strikingly 
 deficient in melody ; as, 
 
 Horat. Tuque dum flrocedis, Io triumfthe I 
 Idem. Hac Jovem sentire^ Deosgue cunctoe. 
 Gatul. Qui sedens adversuSj identidem te. 
 Idem. Seu Sacas, sagittiferosque Parthos* 
 
 In the composition of the Sapphic Stanza, a word may be 
 divided in such a way, that the former part of it shall close 
 the third line, and the remainder form the beginning of the 
 fourth or Adonic. The ancient poets afford no instance of 
 such a division at th\e termination of the first, second, or fourth 
 verse ; nor does it occur even in the third verse, in the Sap- 
 phics of Seneca, Statius, Ausonius, Prudentius, Sidonius Apoi- 
 linaris, or Boethius, but only in those of Catullus and Horace. b 
 
 A continuation of sense from stanza to stanza, if not occur- 
 ring frequently, is permitted 5 but it is deemed harsh and auk- 
 
 a Sapphic verses are sometimes found redundant, (Hypermetri] ); buttn 
 this case, the last vowel is elided, because the following verse begins with a 
 vowel. 
 
 b These remarks have reference to the division of a simple word. There 
 are two other instances of division, which are of a different class, vide Horat. 
 Od. 1, 25, 11. and 3, 27, 59. In these the prepositions are allowably de- 
 tached from the words with which they are compounded, as they oftea 
 are in other metres. From the aukward division which simple words fre- 
 quently experience between the third line of the Sapphic stanza and the 
 succeeding Adonic, the parts so divided, being separately void of all mean- 
 ing, Dr.Garey hasheen led to venture the opinion, that the Sapphic stanza 
 of Catullus and Horace, was never intended to consist of four separate 
 verses, but of three, viz. two five-foot Sapphics, and one of seven feet* 
 formed by the union -of the t& r d Sapphic and the Adonic into one line* 
 
108 OF VERSfc. 
 
 ward to open a new sentence with the Adonic verse, of which 
 the first and natural use is to close the metre with an agree- 
 able rest. In all the odes of Horace, in this metre, one only, 
 a light composition, even seems to yield any pretence for such 
 a disjunction. 
 
 Est mihi nonum sufierantis annum 
 Plenus Albani cadus ; est in horto 
 Phyllis nectendis afiium coronis ; 
 
 Est hederce vis [in horto] 
 Multa qua crines religatafulges. 
 Ridet argenio domus : Sec. Lib. 4, Od. 11. 
 
 S3. The Phalaecian or Hendecasyllabic Verse, (invented by 
 the poet Phalaecus,) consists of five feet, viz. a spondee, a 
 dactyl, and three trochees ; as, 
 
 Mart. Non est \ vivere,\ sed va\lere, \ vita. 
 
 Instead of a spondee as the first foot, Catullus sometimes 
 uses a trochee, or an iambus, a liberty seldom taken by subse- 
 quent poets. 
 
 G rati | as iibi maximas Catullus 
 
 Agit, | fiessimus omnium fioeta. Catul. 
 
 The same poet has also admitted a spondee instead of a 
 dactyl as the second foot, but this is not to be imitated. 
 
 The name Hendecasyllabic is frequently applied to the Pha- 
 laecian, from the circumstance of its containing eleven syllables $ 
 but that name does not exclusively belong to it, since the 
 greater dactylic Alcaic, (to be noticed hereafter,) and the Sap- 
 phic, contain the same number. The following are instances 
 of the Sapphic converted into the Phalaecian, and the Alcaic 
 into the Sapphic : — 
 
 Sapphic. JVon e\get Mau\rl j acu\lls nec\ drcu. 
 
 Phalsec. JVon Mau\ri jacu\lis e\get n&e j drcu, 
 
 Alcaic. Summum | nee ofi jtes \\nec metuds \ diem. 
 
 Sapphic. Nee di\ein sum\mum metu\dsj nee | 6/ites. 
 
 34. The Trochaic Dimeter, consists of four feet, properly 
 all trochees ; as, 
 
 Boeth. Nonfa\cit quod | ofitat | lp.se. 
 
 It admits however the spondee^ or its equivalents in quantity, 
 the dactyl and anapaest, into the second place; as, 
 
OF VERSE. 109 
 
 2nco\l& ter\rarum ab \ or tit 
 
 Solis | ulti\mum ad cu\bile, 
 
 Eja | .Domino \jubi\late. 
 
 Consci\os scele|ns ne\fandh Buchanan. 
 
 35. The Trochaic Dimeter Catalectic consists of three feet, 
 properly all trochees, and a catalectic syllable ; as, 
 
 Horat. Non e\bur ne\que aure\um<, 
 
 It admits however mto tfie second station, the spondee, the 
 dactyl, and perhaps the anapaest. 
 
 This measure is in fact nothing more than the Acephalous 
 Iambic Dimeter. It may toe scanned either as an Iambic or a 
 Trochaic verse, since, on account of the close affinity between 
 the two measures, it becomes of very little importancej in what 
 light the verse be regarded) whether as Iambic or Trochaic. 
 
 36. The Trochaic Dimeter Brachy catalectic^ called also 
 Phallic or Ithyphallic verse, consists of three trochees ; as, 
 
 Ter. Maur. Bacche> \ Bdcche, \ Bdcche. 
 
 The only composition in Latin, into which this metre en- 
 ters, appears to be the Archilochian Heptameter, a line con- 
 sisting of a Dactylic Tetrameter a priore, and an Ithyphallic j 
 as, 
 
 Horat. Solvitur | dcrts hy\ems grd\td vice || veris | et Faj 
 voni. 
 
 CHORIAMBIC MEASURES. 
 
 Choriambic measures are so called from the Choriambus, 
 which foot predominates hi them. 
 
 37. The Choriambic Pentameter consists of five feet, vifc. 
 a Spondee, three choriambi, and an iambus 5 as, 
 
 Horat. Tu fit \ qucsswris \\ scire > nefds } \ quern mihi quern \ 
 tibi. 
 
 38. The Choriambic Tetrameter consists of three chori- 
 ambi, and a bacchius ; as, 
 
 Claud. Omne nemus \ cum Jluvlls^ || omnB c&ndt j firdfim* 
 dum. 
 
! 10 OF VERSE. 
 
 It admits however of variations, each of the three choriamb* 
 feeing changeable to other feet of equal time \ as, 
 
 Seren. Cui resera |ta mugiunt j aurea clau\stra mundi. 
 Idem. Tibi vetus a|ra calult abo| rigineo \ sacello, 
 
 Horace made a peculiar alteration in this species of verse, 
 which is far from meriting the name of an improvement. In 
 the first measure he substituted for the churiambus, the second 
 epitrit — in other words, he made the first measure consist of 
 a trochee and a spondee, instead of a trochee and iambus ; as, 
 
 Horat. Te Deos b\ro Sybarin | cur firofieras | amando. 
 
 39. The Choriambic Asclepiadic Tetrameter, (invented by 
 the poet Asclepiades,) consists of a spondee, two choriambi, 
 and an iambus ; as, 
 
 Horat. Mace\nds dtdvis\\ edtte re\gibus. 
 
 Horace invariably adheres to this form, but other poets 
 sometimes, though very rarely, make the first foot a dactyl 5 
 as, 
 
 Sen. Efftigi|ttm, et miseros \\ libera mors \ vocet* 
 
 Mart. Cap. Omnige|rcum genitorJ\regna movens \ Deum. 
 
 The Caesural pause takes place at the end of the first cho- 
 riambus, a circumstance which renders it easy to scan this 
 species of verse as a Dactylic Pentameter Catalectic. Thus, 
 
 Mace\nas ata\vis \\ edite \ regtbiis. 
 
 This mode of scanning the line is condemned however by 
 Terentianus. 
 
 The Csesural pause falls inelegantly on the middle of a 
 word 5 as, 
 
 Horat. Non in\cendia Car\\tfiaginis im\fii<z. 
 
 Unless there be an ecthlipsis or synaloepha; as, 
 
 Horat. Ext\gi monumen||tum cere fieren\niu$. 
 Idem. Audi\tam modere||re arboribus \Jidem. 
 
 Or the word be a compound ; as, 
 
 Horat. Dum Jia\grantia de\\torguet ad os\cula. 
 
 These lines, after all, however, are somewhat harsh, and 
 sc&rcely to be imitated. 
 
OF VERSJS. Ill 
 
 40. The Choriambic Trimeter or Glyconic, (so named from 
 its inventor, the poet Glyco or Glycon,) consists of three 
 feet, a spondee, a choriambus, and an iambus j with the 
 Cyesural pause after the first foot 5 as, 
 
 Horat. Sic te \\ Diva fiotens \ Ci/firi. 
 
 Others scan it, when it has a spondee in the first place, by 
 a spondee and two dactyls, making it a dactylic trimeter; as, 
 Sic te I Diva fio\tena Cyfirt, 
 
 The first foot is sometimes an iambus or a trochee ; as, 
 Catul. Puel\l<z et fiueri in\tegri. 
 Idem. Magna \\ progenies \ Jovis. 
 
 Horace, who very frequently uses the Glyconic, invariably 
 has a spondee in the first place, except in a single instance, 
 
 Ignis \\ iliacas I domos. Od. 1, 15, 36. 
 
 He here admits the trochee. Cunningham, Sanadon, and 
 other editors, however, read on this very account, Pergameas 
 in place of Iliacas, To this perhaps may be added the twenty- 
 fourth line of the same ode, which according to old editions 
 runs thus : — 
 
 Teucer \\et Sthenelus | sciens, 
 instead of the present reading, Teucer te, &c. or that of Bent- 
 ley and others, Teucerque, et, &c, c 
 
 41. The Choriambic Trimeter Catalectic or Pherecratic, 
 (so called from the poet Pherecrates,) is the Glyconic de- 
 prived of its final syllable, and consists of a spondee, a cho- 
 riambus, and a catalectic syllable ; as, 
 
 Horat. Grato \ Pyrrhd sub dn\trd. 
 
 The first foot was sometimes a trochee or an anapaest, 
 rarely an iambus 3 as, 
 
 Catul. Tecta \frugibus ex\files. 
 Boeth. Dominis \firessiis ini\quis. 
 
 c The change from Iliacas to Pergameas seems rather too violent. 
 Why may not the final syllable of ignis be lengthened by the Caesura, to* 
 gether with that of Teucer in the old editions in which it occurs ? Horace, 
 it is true, does not often indulge in such licenses, yet the following instances 
 will show that he did not altogether avoid them: Od. 1, 3, 36,-1, 1S 3 6. 
 —3, 6, H,— g, 13, 16.— 3, 24, 5 r 
 
212 OF VERSE» 
 
 Catul. ¥ue\\l£que cand\mus. 
 
 The Pherecratic verse, when it has a spondee in the firsi 
 station, may be scanned as a Dactylic Trimeter. 
 
 When subjoined to the Glyconic, it produces what is com» 
 monly termed the Priapean verse, which has already been 
 treated of under Dactylic Measures. 
 
 42. The Choriambic Dimeter consists of a choriambus afid 
 a bacchius 5 as, 
 
 Horat. Lydia die \fier omnes. 
 
 IONIC MEASURES. 
 
 The Ionic Measures are so called from the feet of which 
 they are composed. They are of two kinds, the Ionic a ma? 
 jore x and the Ionic a minore. 
 
 43. The pure Ionic a majore > Tetrameter, consists of four 
 greater Ionics ; as, 
 
 Scalig. Fecit satis \ agrilm rabi\em qui domu\itfemin£. 
 
 44. The impure Ionic a majore, or Sotadean, (so named 
 from the poet Sotades, who frequently used this measure,) 
 consists of three great Ionics, and a spondee ; as, 
 
 Ter.Maur. Vocalia \ quad dm memo\rant consona \ quZddm, 
 
 Under this form, the verse may be easily converted into, 
 and regarded as a species of Choriambic. Thus, 
 
 Vo\cdlia quct\ddm memordnt | consona qu£\dam. 
 
 And by the addition of a syllable at each end, it becomes a 
 
 Choriambic Pentameter. 
 This kind of verse admits, in the third station, a ditrocheus 
 
 oftener than a great Ionic 5 as, 
 
 Has cum gemi\n& comfiede | dedicat catenas, 
 Saturne, ti\bi Zoilus^ | annulos pri\ores. Martial. 
 
 It is said also to admit, in all. the places, except the last, not 
 only a ditrocheus, but also the second paeon, and the second 
 epitrit, 
 
OF VERSE. 113 
 
 Either of the long syllables moreover, in each of the three 
 Ionic stations, may be resolved into two short quantities; which 
 was considered as an improvement : but both the long syllables 
 must not be thus resolved at the same time. Thus, 
 
 Petron. Pede tendite, | cursum addite^ \ convolute \filant&. 
 
 Ter. Maur. Solet integer | anapsestus et | in fine lo\cari. 
 
 Petron. Ferrum timu\i, quod trefii\do male dabat | usuni* 
 
 The Ionic a majore measure is not, like the Ionic a minore $ 
 subject to the laws of Synapheia. 
 
 45. The Ionic a minore is so named, because in every place 
 It uses this foot. It is not confined to any definite number of 
 measures, but may, like the dimeter Anapaestics, be extended 
 to any length, provided that the final syllable of the spondee 
 in each measure, be either naturally long, or, influenced by 
 the laws of Synapheia, be made long by the concourse of con- 
 sonants 5 and that each sentence or period terminate with a 
 complete measure, having the spondee for its close : rules ob- 
 served by Horace in his Ionic Ode, 3. 12. 
 
 This production of Horace consists of forty measures, and 
 has been divided by Cunningham and others into ten tetra- 
 meters, like the following : 
 
 Miserdrum est \ neque amori \ddre ludum \ neque dulcu 
 Mala vino | lav ere ; aut ex\animari \ metumtesy &c. 
 
 Another mode of arranging them is, into stanzas of three 
 lines each, the first and second, Trimeters, and the third c 
 Tetrameter, as follows : — 
 
 Miserdrum est, j neque &mori [dare luduitoy 
 Neque diilci \ mala vino \ lav ere ; aut ex- 
 animari \ metutntes j fiatru£ver\b era lingua * 
 
 They have likewise been arranged in stanzas of four lines $ 
 the first and second, Acatalectic Trimeters,, the third a Cata* 
 lectic Trimeter^ and the fourth an Adonic £ as, 
 
 Miserdrum est \neqne amori \ dare Tudurn y 
 Neque dulci I mala vino j lav ere ; aut ex» 
 
 anirnari 
 Verb era 
 
 metuentes \ fiatrua 
 lingua. 
 
 Bentley however, following Victorinus, has arranged these 
 lioes in his edition in such a manner that the first two become 
 tetrameters and the third a dimeter, although he considered 
 
 K2 
 
114 OF VERSE. 
 
 the ode as consisting properly of only four lines, each com- 
 posed of ten feet, or in other words, of four decapodice. 
 
 COMPOUND METRES. 
 
 46. The Dactylico-Iambic is a compound measure, con- 
 sisting of a Dactylic Trimeter Catalectic, and an Iambic Di- 
 meter 3 as, 
 
 Horat. Scribere | verstcu\los, \\ amo\re fier\culsum \ gravz. 
 
 This measure occurs in the 11th Epode of Horace. In 
 most editions, the verses of which it is composed are given 
 separately, and the epode which contains them is made to 
 consist of stanzas, composed of three lines each. Bentley, 
 however, combats this arrangement, on the authority of He- 
 phaestion, Terentianus, and others of the ancient grammari- 
 ans, and gives the epode in stanzas of two lines each. 
 
 If Bentley's mode of arrangement be adopted, as it gene- 
 rally is in the best editions of Horace, and the two measures 
 be considered as uniting and forming one line, this line so 
 formed becomes what is called cbavm^rnroc, or mixed, and has 
 in common with other mixed verses, the privilege of a double 
 final license, one namely at the end of each of the two com- 
 ponent measures, Hence it is easy to account for the final 
 short syllables being lengthened in fur ere, line 6 — latere, 
 line 10 — consilia, line 26 — and also for the hiatus, in mero y 
 line 14 — and mollitia, line 24, of the above mentioned epode $ 
 for since these syllables stand respectively at the end of a 
 measure, they become common by that position, as well as 
 uninfluenced by any initial vowel of the measure which suc- 
 ceeds, though in one and the same line with it. 
 
 47* The lambico-Dactylic consists of the same component 
 measures as the preceding, but in a reversed order 5 as, 
 
 Horat. Nives\que de\ducunt \ Javlm : \\ nunc mare,\ 
 nunc silii\a^ 
 
 The same observations respecting the arrangement of the 
 component measures, apply to this species of verse ; and we 
 account in the same way as above for the final short syllables 
 being lengthened in vice, line 8 — pectora, line 10 — and flumi* 
 na, line 14, of the 13th epode of Horace, in which this m&et! 
 urarasure occurs* 
 
 
OF VERSE. \\5 
 
 48. The Greater Alcaic is a compound of the simple Iambic 
 and the Choriambic. It consists of two feet, properly both 
 iambi, and a catalectic syllable, followed by a choriambus and 
 an iambus ; as, 
 
 Horat. Vides | ut al\ta \\ siet ntve edn\didum. 
 
 But the first foot is alterable to a spondee ; as, 
 Horat. O md\tre fiul\chrd \filia pul\chrior. 
 
 Horace has a spondee more frequently than an iambus in 
 the first station — Prudentius always a spondee. 
 
 The Alcaic may also be scanned after the following manner; 
 Fides | ut al\ta \\ stet nive j candidum. 
 
 The Csesjural pause in this species of verse, uniformly takes 
 place after the catalectic syllable ; and in one instance in Ho- 
 race, it has the effect of retaining a vowel unelided $ as, 
 
 Jam Da\ddle\6 \\6cior l\cdro. Od. 2, 20, 13. 
 
 Bentley, however, reads tutior in place of ocior. 
 
 Horace joins two lines of this measure with an Iambic 
 Dimeter Hypermeter and a minor Alcaic, forming the Hora- 
 tian, his favourite stanza. 
 
 49. The Dactylico-Trochaic Heptameter, commonly called 
 the Archilochian Heptameter^ consists of the Dactylic Tetra- 
 meter a prior e, followed by an Ithy phallic or Trochaic Dime- 
 ter Brachycatalectic ; as, 
 
 Horat. Solvitur j acris hy\lms grd\td vice \\veris | It Fd\ 
 voni. 
 
 50. The Dactylico-Trochaic Tetrameter, or Minor Alcaic^ 
 consists of two dactyls, followed by two trochees £ as, 
 
 Horat. Livid \personu\ere | saxa. 
 
 OF COMPOSITIONS IN WHICH THE VERSE IS VARIED. 
 
 When only one sort of verse is used in any ode or poem,, 
 such ode or poem is called Carmen MonocolonJ When more 
 
 d From /«em> solus, and kvkqv, membrum. 
 
116 OF VERSE. 
 
 than one kind are used, the composition is termed Poly colon; 
 or more precisely, when there are two different kinds of verse 
 in a poem, it is styled Dicolon, or bimembre; if three, Tried- 
 Ion j or trimembre. There is likewise the term Tetracolon, 
 but the ancients did not advance farther than to Tricolon. 
 
 When the Stanza or Strophe is composed of two verses, the 
 ode is denominated Distrophon ; e when of three, Tristrophon ; 
 when of four, Tetrastrophon. Beyond the Tetrastrophon, the 
 Latin stanza seldom reached. Catullus, however, has written 
 one of five lines, consisting of four Glyconics and a Phere- 
 cratic. 
 
 By a combination of the preceding terms, a poem, in which 
 the stanza consists of two verses of different kinds, is named 
 Dicolon Distrophon ; when the stanza contains three verses, 
 but only of two sorts, one sort being repeated, it is named 
 Dicolon Tristrophon; when the stanza has four verses, but 
 only of two sorts, one being thrice repeated, it is named 
 Dicolon Tetrastrophon; when the stanza contains jive lines, 
 of two sorts, one being four times repeated, it is named 
 Dicolon Pentastrophon ; when the poem contains three verses, 
 each of a different kind, in one stanza, it is termed Tricolon 
 Tristrophon; and when in a stanza there are four verses, 
 but only of three different kinds, one verse being repeated, 
 Tricolon Tetrastrophon. 
 
 
 HORATIAN METRES. 
 
 The different species of metre, which occur in the lyric; 
 compositions of Horace, are twenty, viz. 
 
 1. Dactylic Hexameter, No. 1 ; as, 
 Lauddbunt alii claram Rhodon, aut Mitylenen* 
 
 2. Dactylic Tetrameter a posteriore } No. 8 $ as, 
 Mobilibus p dm arid rifiis. 
 
 3. Dactylic Trimeter Catalectic, No. 13; as, 
 Fliimina firctter^unt. 
 
 e From $i*% bis, and <rry>$*% versus* 
 
OF VBR8E* llf 
 
 4. Adonic, No. 14; as, 
 Vis ere montes. 
 
 5. Iambic Trimeter, No. 20; as, 
 Bedtus ille quern /irocul negotiis. 
 
 6. Iambic Trimeter Catalectic, No. 25 ; as^ 
 Med renidet in do mo lacunar* 
 
 f. Iambic Dimeter, No. 26; as 3 
 Queruntur in sylvis aves, 
 
 8. Archilochian Iambic Dimeter Hypermeter, No, 27; asfc 
 Lenesque sub noctem susiirri. 
 
 9. Acephalous Iambic Dimeter, No. 28 ; as, 
 Non ebur neque aureum* 
 
 10. Sapphic, No. 32; as, 
 
 Jam satis terris nivis dtque dira. 
 
 11. Choriambic Pentameter, No. 37; as, 
 
 Tu ne guiesieris, scire nefds^ quem mihi^ quern tibi* 
 
 12. Choriambic Tetrameter, with a variation, No. 38; as? 
 Te deos oro, Sybarin cur /iroperes amdndo. 
 
 13. Choriambic Asclepiadic Tetrameter, No. 39; as, 
 Mctcenas dtdvis edite regibus. 
 
 14. Glyconic, No. 40; as, 
 Sic te Diva fiotens Cyfiri. 
 
 15. Pherecratic, No. 41 ; as, 
 Grdto Pyrrha sub dntro. 
 
 16. Choriambic Dimeter, No. 42 ; as, 
 Lydta, die, per omnes. 
 
 17. Ionic a minore. No. 45; as, 
 
 Mlserdrum est neque amori dare ludum neque dulci* 
 
Hi OT VERSE. 
 
 18. Greater Alcaic, No. 48 ; as, 
 
 O mdtre fiulchra fittd fiulchridr. 
 
 19. Archilochian Heptameter, No. 49; as, 
 Solvitur acrzs hyems grata vice veris it JF&vom. 
 
 20. Minor Alcaic, No. 50; as, 
 Nee veneres agitantur ornu 
 
 METRICAL INDEX 
 
 TO 
 
 THE LYRIC COMPOSITIONS OF HORACE. 
 
 The numeral characters refer to the general Hit of metres» 
 
 ^Eliretusto, . . . 48,48, 
 
 v£2quam memento, 48, 48, 
 
 Albi, ne doleas, . 39, 39, 
 
 Altera jam, ... 1, 20. 
 
 Angustam amici, . 48, 48, 
 
 At, O Deorum, . 20, 26. 
 
 Audivere Lyce, . 39, 39, 
 
 Bacchum in, , . 48, 48, 
 
 Beatus ille, ... 20, 26. 
 
 Caelo supinas, . . 48, 48, 
 
 Cffilo tonantera, . 48, 48, 
 
 Cum tu Lydia, . . 40,39. 
 
 Cur me querelis, . 48, 48, 
 
 Delicta majorum, . 48, 48, 
 
 Descende ccelo, . 48, 48, 
 
 Dianam tenerse, . 39, 39, 
 
 Diffugere nives, « 1, 13. 
 
 Dive quem, . * . 32, 32, 
 
 Divis orte, , . . 39, 39, 
 
 Donarem pateras, 39. 
 
 Donee gratus, , . 40, 59. 
 
 Eheu fugaces, . . 48, 48, 
 
 Est mihi uonum, . 32, 32, 
 
 Et thure et, . . . 40, 39. 
 Exegi monumentum, 39. 
 
 Extremum Tanaim, 39, 39, 
 
 Faune Nyropharum, 32, 32, 
 
 27, 50. 
 27, 50. 
 39,40. 
 
 27, 50. 
 
 41, 40. 
 
 27, 50. 
 
 27, 50. 
 27, 50. 
 
 27, 50. 
 27, 50. 
 27, 50. 
 41,40. 
 
 32, 14. 
 39,40. 
 
 27, 50. 
 32, 14. 
 
 39, 40. 
 32, 14. 
 
 Festo quid, ... 40, 39. 
 
 Herculis ritu, . . 32, 32, 
 
 f Horrida tempestas, 1, 47. 
 
 Ibis Liburnis, . . 20, 26. 
 
 Icci beatis, ... 48, 48, 
 
 Ille et nefasto . . 48, 48, 
 
 Impios parr», . . 32, 32, 
 
 Inclusam Danaen, . S9, 39, 
 
 Intactis opulentior, 40, 39. 
 
 Integer vita?, . . 32, 32, 
 
 Intcrmissa Venus, . 40, 39. 
 
 Jam jam efficaci, . 20. 
 
 Jam pauca, ... 48, 48, 
 
 Jam satis terris, , 32, 32, 
 
 Jam veris, ... 39, 39, 
 
 Justum et, . . . 48,48, 
 
 Laudabunt alii, . . 1, 8. 
 
 Lupis et agnis, . . 20, 26. 
 
 Lydia die per, , . 42, 38. 
 
 Maecenas atavis, . 39. 
 
 Mala soluta, . . 20, 26. 
 
 Martiis coelebs, . . 32, 32, 
 
 Mater saeva, „ . 40, 39. 
 
 Mercuri facunde, . 32, 32, 
 
 Mercuri nam, . . 32, 32, 
 
 Miserarum est, . 45. 
 
 Mollis inertia, . . 1, 26. 
 
 32, 14. 
 
 27,50» 
 27, 50, 
 32, 14, 
 39,40. 
 
 32, 14. 
 
 27, 50. 
 32, 14. 
 39, 40. 
 27, 50, 
 
 32, 1*. 
 
 32, 14. 
 32, 14, 
 
 f Or, I, 26, 13, 
 
METRICAL INDEX TO HORACE'S LYRIC COMPOSITIONS. 119 
 
 Monti urn custos, 
 
 Motum ex, . . 
 
 Musis amicus, . 
 
 Natis in usum, . 
 
 Ne forte credas, 
 
 Ne sit anciilse, . 
 
 Nofis longa fen», 
 
 Nondum subaeta, 
 
 Non ebur neque, 
 
 Non semper imbres, 48, 48, 27, 
 
 Non usitata, ... 48, 48, 27, 
 
 Non vides quanto, 
 
 Nox erat, . . 
 
 Null am Vare, . 
 
 Nullus argento, 
 
 Nunc est bibendum, 48, 48, 27, 
 
 O crudelis adhuc, . 37. 
 
 O diva gratum, . 
 
 O fons Blandusi®, 
 
 O matre pulchra, 
 
 O nata mecum, 
 
 O navis referent, 
 
 O saepe mecum, 
 
 O Venus regina, 
 
 Odi profanum, . 
 
 Otium divos, 
 
 Paroius junctas, 
 
 Parcus deorum, 
 
 Parentis olim, . 
 
 Pastor quumtraheret, 39, 39, 39, 
 
 Persicos odi, . . 32, 3-2, 32, 
 
 g Petti nihil me, . 20, 46. 
 
 Phoebe sylvarumque, 32, 32, 32, 
 
 Plwebu» volentero, 48, 48, 27, 
 
 32, 32, 32, 
 48, 48, 27, 
 48, 48, 27, 
 48, 48, 27, 
 48, 48, 27, 
 32, 32, 32, 
 39, 39, 39, 
 48, 48, 27, 
 28, 25. 
 
 32, 32, 32, 
 
 1,26. 
 
 37. 
 
 32, 32, 32, 
 
 48, 48, 27, 
 39, 39, 41, 
 48, 48, 27, 
 48, 48, 27, 
 39, 39, 41, 
 48, 48, 27, 
 32, 32, 32, 
 48, 48, 27, 
 S2, 32, 32, 
 32> 32, 32, 
 48, 48, 27, 
 20, 26. 
 
 14. 
 
 50. 
 50. 
 50. 
 50. 
 14. 
 40. 
 50. 
 
 50. 
 50. 
 
 14. 
 
 Pindarura quisquis, 
 Poseiraur: si quid, 
 Qua? cura Patrum, 
 Qualem ministrum, 
 Quando repostum, 
 Quantum distet, 
 
 32, 
 32, 
 
 48, 
 48, 
 20, 
 40, 
 
 Quem tu Melpomene, 40, 
 
 Quern virum, 
 
 Quid bellicosus, . . 
 
 Ouid dedicatum, . 
 
 Quid fles Asterie, . 
 Quid immerentes. 
 Quid obseratis, 
 
 Quid tibi vis, . . . 
 
 Quis desiderio, . . 
 Quis multa gracilis, 
 
 Quo me Bacche, . 
 
 Quo, quo scelesti, . 
 
 Rectius vives, . . 
 
 Rogare longo, . . 
 Scriberis Vario, 
 Septimi Gades, 
 
 Sic te diva, . . . 
 
 Solvitur acris, . . 
 
 Te maris et, . . 
 
 Tu ue quaesieris, . 
 
 Tyrrhena regum, . 
 
 Ulla si juris, . . 
 Uxor pauperis, 
 
 Velox amcenum, . 
 
 Vides ut alta . . 
 
 Vile potabis . . . 
 
 Vitas hinnuleo, . . 
 
 Vixi pueluX * . . 
 
 32, 
 48, 
 48, 
 39, 
 20, 
 20. 
 
 h 
 
 39, 
 39, 
 40, 
 20, 
 32, 
 20, 
 39, 
 32, 
 40, 
 49, 
 
 u 
 
 37. 
 48, 
 32, 
 40, 
 48, 
 48, 
 32, 
 39, 
 48, 
 
 32, 32, 
 32, 32, 
 48, 27, 
 48, 27, 
 26. 
 39. 
 39. 
 
 32, 32, 
 48, 27, 
 48,27, 
 39, 41, 
 
 8. 
 39, 39, 
 39, 41, 
 39. 
 26. 
 
 32, 32, 
 26. 
 
 39, 39, 
 32, 32, 
 39. 
 25. 
 
 48,27, 
 32, 32, 
 39. 
 
 48, 27, 
 48, 27, 
 32, 32, 
 39, 41, 
 48, 27, 
 
 14. 
 14. 
 
 50. 
 50. 
 
 14. 
 
 50. 
 50. 
 40. 
 
 40. 
 40. 
 
 14. 
 
 40. 
 14. 
 
 50. 
 14. 
 
 50. 
 50. 
 14. 
 40. 
 50. 
 
 SCANNING 
 
 THE MIXED TRIMETER AND DIMETER IAMBICS 
 OF HORACE, 
 
 Epode 1, 27. Pecuslve Cald\\bris dn\te sj\\du8 fer\vidum> 
 „ 2, 23. Libit \jace\\re modo | sub dn\\tiqua i\ltce. 
 
 2 h \Aut a\mite le\\vi rd 
 ' \Aut ami\te U\\vi rd 
 
 rd ten\\dit re\ttd. 
 rd ten\\dit riltid. 
 
 g Or, 20, 13, 26. 
 
 h The quantity of the A in Ames depends on that of Levi. If we 
 Ltvi, « light," we must make the .4 long; if Levi, " smooth," we mak 
 
 A short. 
 
 read 
 make the 
 
J 20 MIXED TRIMETER AND DIMEtfeR IAMBICS OF HORACE. 
 
 Epode 2, 35. Pavidum\que le/io\\rem et dd\vendm \\ laqueo] 
 
 griiem. 
 
 j, 39. Quod si \ fiudi\\ca muli\er in \\fidrtem \juvet. 
 
 „ 57. Aiit her\bd lajia\\thi fird\ta aman\\tis et \gravh 
 
 ,, 61. Has in\ter efiu\\lds fit \juvdt \\fidstds | oves. 
 
 3, 62. Vide\re fir ofie\\r antes \ domum. 
 
 „ 65. P6sitos\que ver\\nds di\tis ex\\dmen \ domus. 
 
 3, 67. Haec ubi j locu\\tiis fd\nerd\\tor Al\fihius. 
 
 3, 3, 8. C&nidi\a trac\\tdvit \ ddfies. 
 
 ,3 17. Aec mu\niis hume\\ris ef\ficd\\cis Her\cules. 
 
 33 5, 15. Cdnidi\a brevi\\bus im\filicd\\ta vi\fieris. 
 
 j> 25. Jt ex\fiedi\\td &agd\na fier \\ totdm | domum. 
 
 3, 48. Cunidi\a to\\dens fiol\licem. 
 
 3, 49. Quid dix\tt aiit \\ quid tdcu\it? 5\\ rebus \mei9k 
 
 3, 79. Prius\qu£ cri&\\liim si\det in\\ferim \ mart. 
 
 3, 85. Sed dubi\us in\\de rum\fieret\\silen\tium. 
 
 3, 91. Quin ubi \ fieri\\re jus\sus ex\\sfiird \ vero. 
 
 3, 100.» Et Es\qulli\\na d\lites. 
 
 3, 7, 1. Quo quo | sceles\\ti rui\tis ? aiit \\ cur dex\teris t 
 
 3, 9, 17. k Ad hoc j fremen\\tes ver\terimt || bis mil\te 
 
 _ equos. 
 
 ,3 10, 7. Insiir\gat Jqui\\lo qudn\tus dl\\tis m6n\tibus, 
 
 5, 19. I6ni\us ii\\do cum | remwH^zews | sinus. 
 
 3, 1 1, 24. JVwnc glo\ridn\\tis qudm \ libet JJ muUer\culdm* 
 
 3, 28. Serf aZ£|ws dr\\dor aiit \fiiiel\\la cdn\didx. 
 
 5, 15, 24. Ast ego | vicis\\sim ri\sero. 
 
 3, 17, 6. Cdnidi\d fidr\\ce ve\cibus \\ tandem | sdcris. 
 
 „ 12» Aliti\biis dt\\que cdni\bus homi\\cidam Hec\ 
 
 torem. 
 
 „ 42. Infd\mis Hele\\na Cds\tor 6f\\fensus \ vice. 
 
 3, 63. Ingrd\td mise\\ro vi\ta du\\cenda est \ in hoc. 
 
 3, 65. Ofitdt | quie\\tem Pel6\\p.is in\\fidus \fidter. 
 
 33 74. Vectd\bor hiime\\ris tunc \\ego ini\\micis \ eques* 
 
 „ 78. Derifie\re lii\idm vo\cibus \\fiossim j meis. 
 
 i This line is given, not as a mixed dimeter Iambic, but as furnishing an 
 instance of a diphthong remaining unelided before a vowel. 
 
 k This line also is cited, not as a mixed trimeter Iambic, but as contain* 
 iiig aa example of Systole in vertZrunt. 
 

 Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
 Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
 Treatment Date: July 2006 
 
 PreservationTechnologies 
 
 A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 
 
 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
 Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
 (724)779-2111